Skip to main content

AI assistant

Sign in to chat with this filing

The assistant answers questions, extracts KPIs, and summarises risk factors directly from the filing text.

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Ltd. Interim / Quarterly Report 2014

Apr 30, 2014

10425_rns_2014-04-30_37d3bb3e-2e4c-4d82-9444-77a560d33b86.pdf

Interim / Quarterly Report

Open in viewer

Opens in your device viewer

==> picture [181 x 59] intentionally omitted <==

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

ABN 11 005 357 522

Half Year 31 March 2014

Consolidated Financial Report Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D

The Consolidated Financial Report and Dividend Announcement contains information required by Appendix 4D of the Australian Securities Exchange Listing Rules. It should be read in conjunction with ANZ’s 2013 Annual Report and is lodged with the Australian Securities Exchange under listing rule 4.2A.

RESULTS FOR ANNOUNCEMENT TO THE MARKET

APPENDIX 4D

Name of Company: Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited ABN 11 005 357 522

Report for the half year ended 31 March 2014

Operating Results1 A$ million
Operating income 7% to 9,518
Net statutory profit attributable to shareholders 15% to 3,381
Cash profit
2
11% to 3,515
Dividends3 Cents Franked
per amount
4
share per share
Proposed interim dividend 83 100%
Record date for determining entitlements to the proposed2014 interimdividend 13 May 2014
Payment date for the proposed2014 interimdividend 1 July 2014

Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Bonus Option Plan

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and a Bonus Option Plan (BOP) that will operate in respect of the 2014 interim dividend. For the 2014 interim dividend, ANZ intends to provide shares under the DRP and BOP through the issue of new shares. The 'Acquisition Price' to be used in determining the number of shares to be provided under the DRP and BOP will be calculated by reference to the arithmetic average of the daily volume weighted average sale price of all fully paid ANZ ordinary shares sold in the ordinary course of trading on the ASX during the ten trading days commencing on 16 May 2014, and then rounded to the nearest whole cent. Shares provided under the DRP and BOP will rank equally in all respects with existing fully paid ANZ ordinary shares. Election notices from shareholders wanting to commence, cease or vary their participation in the DRP or BOP for the 2014 interim dividend must be received by ANZ's Share Registrar by 5.00pm (Australian Eastern Standard Time) on 14 May 2014. Subject to receiving effective contrary instructions from the shareholder, dividends payable to shareholders with a registered address in the United Kingdom (including the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man) or New Zealand will be converted to Pounds Sterling and New Zealand dollars respectively at an exchange rate calculated on 16 May 2014.

1 Compared to prior comparable period (half year ended 31 March 2013). 2

Statutory profit has been adjusted to exclude non-core items to arrive at cash profit, and has been provided to assist readers to understand the results for the ongoing activities of the Group. The net after tax adjustment was an increase to cash profit of $134 million made up of several items. Refer pages 83 to 92 for further details.

3 There is no conduit foreign income attributed to the dividends. 4

It is proposed that the interim dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 10 cents per ordinary share.

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

ABN 11 005 357 522

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL REPORT, DIVIDEND ANNOUNCEMENT AND APPENDIX 4D

Half year ended 31 March 2014

CONTENTS PAGE
Section 1 – Media release 3
Section 2 – Snapshot 7
Section 3 – CEO overview 13
Section 4 – CFO overview 15
Section 5 – Segment review 41
Section 6 – Geographic review 75
Section 7 – Profit reconciliation 83
Section 8 – Condensed consolidated financial statements 93
Section 9 – Supplementary information 131
Definitions 145
ASX Appendix 4D Cross Reference Index 148
Alphabetical Index 149

This Consolidated Financial Report and Dividend Announcement has been prepared for Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the “Company”) together with its subsidiaries which are variously described as “ANZ”, “Group”, “ANZ Group”, “us”, “we” or “our”.

All amounts are in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated. The information on which the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are based, has been reviewed by the Group’s auditors, KPMG. The Company has a formally constituted Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The signing of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements was approved by resolution of a Committee of the Board of Directors on 30 April 2014.

When used in this Results Announcement the words “estimate”, “project”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “should” and similar expressions, as they relate to ANZ and its management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. ANZ does not undertake any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Unless otherwise noted, all figures relate to the half year ended 31 March 2014. The term “prior comparable period” (PCP) refers to the half year ended 31 March 2013 and the term “previous half” (HOH) refers to the half year ended 30 September 2013.

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

ABN 11 005 357 522

This page has been left blank intentionally

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

ABN 11 005 357 522

Media Release

ANZ 2014 Half Year Result

- good result demonstrates strategy is delivering diversified growth and stronger returns -

Performance Highlights – 1H 2014 compared to 1H 2013 (PCP)[1]

  • Statutory profit $3.4 billion up 15%; Cash profit[2] $3.5 billion up 11%.

  • Fully franked Interim Dividend of 83 cents per share an increase of 14%.

  • Income up 3.6% and expenses up 1.7% (FX adjusted).

  • Cost to income ratio improved a further 20 basis points to 44.3%.

  • Return on equity steady at 15.5% with earnings per share up 10% to 128.7 cents.

  • Customer deposits grew 13%, net loans and advances up 12%.

  • Provision charge of $528 million, 12% lower.

ANZ Chief Executive Officer Mike Smith said: “This is a good set of results. They demonstrate consistent progress with ANZ’s long-term strategy to grow in our core franchises in Australia and New Zealand, to build a significant and profitable franchise in Asia Pacific, and to establish common infrastructure and processes that improve productivity and reduce risk.

“The diversification this strategy provides is now delivering a differentiated proposition for our customers and improved returns for shareholders.

“Our international business, particularly Asia, is firing on all cylinders with revenue and profits again growing strongly, and a sustained improvement in returns. Profits from International and Institutional in Asia Pacific, Europe and Americas (APEA) are up 43% based on significant growth in customer numbers and in products that support regional trade and investment flows such as foreign exchange, cash management and trade finance.

“Since we launched our strategy six years ago, the compound annual growth rate in earnings from Asia has been 37% and ANZ is now being consistently rated a top 4 Corporate Bank in Asia by Greenwich Associates[3] .

“In Australia we are seeing ongoing benefits emerge from the investment in our Banking on Australia program which includes new digital solutions for our customers. We have developed greater scale based on market share growth in home lending, small business lending and retail deposits. Business confidence in Australia is recovering more slowly than expected however, and in some segments growth remains subdued with competition placing pressure on margins. Costs were carefully managed in this environment.

“In New Zealand after several years of hard work our business is in a winning position. ANZ’s move to a single brand and technology platform together with New Zealand’s economic recovery saw volume growth, improved productivity and lower provisions.

“Global Wealth continues to focus on improving the customer experience with wealth solutions increasingly integrated with our banking offering and more options for self directed customers. Our revenue performance was positive, underpinned by strong growth in funds under management, favourable claims and lapse experience along with growth in Private Wealth.

“Across the Group, operational and risk outcomes continue to be strong. Operational productivity continues to improve, we increased the volume of transactions globally by around 8% on average while reducing operations costs 4% (FX adjusted) on the prior year.

“Management actions are driving further improvements in the quality of the lending book. In International and Institutional Banking 77% of Institutional customers are now rated investment

1 All comparisons are Half Year to 31 March 2014 compared to Half Year to 31 March 2013 and on a cash basis unless otherwise noted. 2 Statutory profit has been adjusted to exclude non-core items to arrive at Cash profit, the result for the ongoing activities of the Group. 3 Greenwich Associates 2013 Asian Large Corporate Banking Study

3

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

ABN 11 005 357 522

grade up from 60% in 2008, and this continues to drive a significant reductions in Group impaired assets.

“Our focus on the customer and productivity program coupled with momentum from our diversified growth opportunities has set us up for a good performance this year,” Mr Smith said.

PERFORMANCE BY DIVISION[4]

AUSTRALIA

Building on a strong performance in 2013, the Australia Division grew profit 5%, reflecting 4% income growth, a 2% increase in expenses and a 4% increase in the provision charge. Lending grew 6% with customer deposits up 7%.

ANZ had the strongest home loan growth of the major banks over the past year and has grown home loans at above system for 17 consecutive quarters. Small Business Banking has performed particularly strongly with lending up 16%. To date ANZ has lent $1.2 billion to new Australian small businesses as part of our $2 billion pledge, while maintaining credit quality.

Execution of the Banking on Australia program is building business momentum. Simpler products, streamlined processes and improving distribution capability has seen growth in customer numbers. We’ve brought 110,000 net new customers on board across Retail and Commercial in the last year while simultaneously reducing average monthly customer complaints by 9%.

Back office efficiency programs, increased training and iPad enablement have increased frontline Commercial team customer contact by 20%. ANZ is now equal first in Commercial customer satisfaction, up from fourth and customer numbers are up 26,000 year on year.

We have strengthened our position in mobile and digital channels. More than half our customers are digital users including 1.1 million active ANZ goMoney users with $78 billion in goMoney transactions processed to date and we have rolled out 400 Smart ATMs across the branch network. Commercial FastPay transactions have grown at a compound monthly rate of 43% since launch in October 2012.

INTERNATIONAL AND INSTITUTIONAL BANKING (IIB)[5]

International and Institutional Banking profit grew 9% with income up 4% and expenses up 3%, along with further credit quality improvements driving provisions down 18%. The business continues to diversify its earnings with 52% of income now coming from outside Australia and New Zealand and cash profit from APEA up 31%.

Ongoing focus on higher return less capital intensive flow products delivered volume increases in Foreign Exchange turnover (up 37%), Cash Management deposits (up 20%) and funded Trade and Supply Chain (up 6%).

The Global Markets business which services customers Foreign Exchange, Interest Rate management and Commodities needs, delivered another strong result with income up 5% primarily driven by customer sales. Income from servicing customers in Asia increased by 34% with particularly strong sales in Foreign Exchange.

Institutional and Commercial customer numbers grew 12%. Our strong relationship focus is being recognised in key customer surveys, including the Greenwich Associates 2013 Asian Large Corporate Banking Study in which ANZ has achieved the fastest growth in ranking in the study’s history and a consistent top 5 outcome over the past 3 years, including a top 4 in the last two years.[6]

Targeted growth in Asia Pacific is delivering a shorter duration, lower risk balance sheet with just under half of our Institutional lending assets in Asia Pacific being Trade Finance related.

NEW ZEALAND (all comparisons are in NZD)

The New Zealand Division grew profit 21%. Market share growth, productivity and credit quality improvements were key features of the result with income up 3%, expenses down 6% and the provision charge declining by $73 million. Lending grew 5% with customer deposits up 7%.

Under a single ANZ brand the business is now beginning to leverage its scale while also improving customer experience. Brand consideration is at an all time high and leads the major banks. ANZ is

4 All comparisons are Half Year to 31 March 2014 compared to Half Year to 31 March 2013 and on a cash basis unless otherwise noted. 5 All figures are FX adjusted 6 Greenwich Associates 2013 Asian Large Corporate Banking Study

4

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

ABN 11 005 357 522

now number one for new mortgages in all of the larger New Zealand cities including Christchurch and Auckland.

Our Commercial business has grown across all regions with overall growth faster than system year to date. Small Business Banking has been particularly strong, up 14% driven by growth in customer numbers (up 29% on the prior year).

We are investing in digital capability to grow customer numbers and increase customer satisfaction and to improve our frontline capability and productivity. Active ANZ goMoney users are up 96% with the App rated the number one Finance app in both the Apple App store and on Google Play[7] . In Commercial, ANZ FastPay has had over 4,000 downloads since its launch in December 2013. Over the counter transactions in branches have reduced by 11% over the year as customers take advantage of our self service technology including Smart ATMs.

GLOBAL WEALTH

The Global Wealth Division grew profit 11% with operating income up 8% and expenses up 7%. Underlying performance was strong driven by growth in funds under management (FUM) and inforce insurance premiums, as well as an improved claims and lapse experience, with retail lapse rates in Australia declining a further 120 bps across the year.

Global Wealth is focused on making it easier for customers to connect, protect and grow their wealth using simple, direct solutions such as ANZ Smart Choice Super which now has over 270,000 customers and continues to build momentum. Wealth solutions are increasingly being integrated into broader customer banking options with wealth solutions held by ANZ customers up 10% across the year.

Private Wealth grew operating income by 28%, with customer deposits up 26% and lending up 4%.

CREDIT QUALITY

The quality of the loan book continues to strengthen with the provision charge of $528 million 12% lower.

Gross impaired assets decreased 23%. Impaired assets are down 32% over the last two years, and are lower than at any point since September 2008 despite 46% growth in the lending book in that time[8] . While ANZ continues to expect that the provision charge for FY14 will be around 10% lower than for FY13[9] it maintains a strong provision balance.

CAPITAL

ANZ remains well capitalised with an APRA Common Equity Tier One ratio at 31 March of 8.33% or 10.5% on an internationally harmonised Basel 3 basis.

DIVIDEND

The fully franked dividend of 83 cps, up 14%, equates to a payment of $2.3 billion to shareholders. The increased dividend reflects our stronger performance and a gradual rebalancing towards a more even split between the Interim and Final Dividend amounts, maintaining a payout ratio towards the upper end of the 65 to 70% of Cash Profit range.

For media enquiries contact:

Paul Edwards Stephen Ries Group GM, Corporate Communications Head of Media Relations Tel: +61-3-8654 9999 or +61-434-070101 Tel: +61-3-8654 3659 or +61-409-655551 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

For investor and analyst enquiries contact:

Jill Craig Ben Heath Group GM, Investor Relations Senior Manager, Investor Relations Tel: +61-3-8654 7749 or +61-412-047448 Tel: +61-3-8654 7793 or +61-435-655033 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

7 Refers to the New Zealand App Store and Google Play sites. ANZ is the top ranked free finance App. 8 Net lending assets increased 46% from $349.85 billion to $509.25 billion between 30 September 2008 and 31 March 2014. 9 The ANZ Group Full Year 2013 provision charge was $1.197 billion.

5

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED

ABN 11 005 357 522

This page has been left blank intentionally

6

SNAPSHOT

CONTENTS

Section 2 – Snapshot

Statutory Profit Results Cash Profit Results Key Balance Sheet Metrics

FX Adjusted - Cash Profit Results and Net Loans and Advances

7

SNAPSHOT

Statutory Profit Results
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 6,778
6,558
6,200
3%
9%
Other operating income 2,740
2,965
2,736
-8%
0%
Operating income 9,518
9,523
8,936
0%
7%
Operating expenses (4,286)
(4,213)
(4,044)
2%
6%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 5,232
5,310
4,892
-1%
7%
Credit impairment charge (527)
(600)
(588)
-12%
-10%
Profit before income tax 4,705
4,710
4,304
0%
9%
Income tax expense (1,318)
(1,376)
(1,362)
-4%
-3%
Non-controlling interests (6)
(5)
(5)
20%
20%
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 3,381
3,329
2,937
2%
15%
Earnings per ordinary share (cents) Half Year
Movement

Reference
Page
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Basic
105
124.4
122.5
108.5
2%
15%
Diluted
105
120.2
118.5
105.3
1%
14%
Half Year
Ordinary share dividends (cents) Reference
Page
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Interim - 100% franked1 104
83
n/a
73
Final - 100% franked1 104
n/a
91
n/a
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio2 104
67.4%
75.1%
68.3%
Preference share dividend ($M)
Dividend paid3 104
3
3
3
Profitability ratios
Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity4 15.0%
15.3%
14.4%
Return on average assets 0.92%
0.95%
0.90%
Net interest margin 2.15%
2.20%
2.24%
Efficiency ratios
Operating expenses to operating income 45.0%
44.2%
45.3%
Operating expenses to average assets 1.17%
1.21%
1.24%
Credit impairment charge/(release)

Individual credit impairment charge ($M)
601
574
584
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) ($M) (74)
26
4
Total credit impairment charge ($M) 107
527
600
588
Individual credit impairment charge as a % of average net advances 0.24%
0.24%
0.26%
Total credit impairment charge as a % of average net advances 0.21%
0.25%
0.27%

1. Fully franked for Australian tax purposes and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 10 cents per ordinary share for the proposed 2014 interim dividend (2013 final dividend: NZD 10 cents; 2013 interim dividend: NZD 9 cents).

2.

3.

4.

Dividend payout ratio is calculated using 2013 interim, 2013 final dividends and the proposed 2014 interim dividend.

Represents dividends paid on Euro Trust Securities (preference shares) issued on 13 December 2004.

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests and preference shares.

8

SNAPSHOT

Cash Profit Results
1
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
6,764
6,536
6,236
3%
8%
2,904
2,763
2,856
5%
2%
9,668
9,299
9,092
4%
6%
(4,286)
(4,213)
(4,044)
2%
6%
5,382
5,086
5,048
6%
7%
(528)
(598)
(599)
-12%
-12%
4,854
4,488
4,449
8%
9%
(1,333)
(1,170)
(1,265)
14%
5%
(6)
(5)
(5)
20%
20%
3,515
3,313
3,179
6%
11%
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
128.7
121.4
116.9
6%
10%
124.3
117.4
113.1
6%
10%
Half Year
Reference
Page
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
31
64.9%
75.4%
63.1%
15.5%
15.1%
15.5%
0.96%
0.95%
0.97%
19
2.15%
2.19%
2.25%
73,266
67,972
62,429

44.3%
45.3%
44.5%
1.17%
1.21%
1.23%
25
602
572
595
26
(74)
26
4
25
528
598
599
0.24%
0.24%
0.27%
0.21%
0.25%
0.27%
Net interest income
Other operating income
Operating income
Operating expenses
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
Credit impairment charge
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Non-controlling interests
**Cash profit1 **
Earnings per ordinary share (cents)
Reference
Page
Basic
30
Diluted
30
**Ordinary share dividends (cents) **
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio2
Profitability ratios
Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity3
Return on average assets
Net interest margin
Profit per average FTE ($)4
Efficiency ratios
Operating expenses to operating income
Operating expenses to average assets
Credit impairment charge/(release)

Individual credit impairment charge ($M)
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) ($M)
Total credit impairment charge ($M)
Individual credit impairment charge as a % of average net advances
Total credit impairment charge as a % of average net advances
**Cash profit by division/geography ** Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 1,479
1,449
1,409
2%
5%
International and Institutional Banking 1,372
1,244
1,208
10%
14%
New Zealand 546
482
396
13%
38%
Global Wealth 226
268
204
-16%
11%
GTSO and Group Centre (108)
(130)
(38)
-17%
large
Cash profit by division 3,515
3,313
3,179
6%
11%
Australia 2,025
2,136
2,164
-5%
-6%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 681
554
459
23%
48%
New Zealand 809
623
556
30%
46%
Cash profit by geography 3,515
3,313
3,179
6%
11%

1. Statutory profit has been adjusted to exclude non-core items to arrive at cash profit, and has been provided to assist readers to understand the result for the ongoing business activities of the Group. Refer to page 83 for the reconciliation between statutory and cash profit.

2.

3.

4.

Dividend payout ratio is calculated using 2013 interim, 2013 final dividends and the proposed 2014 interim dividend.

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests and preference shares.

Comparative information has been restated to include technology contractors, consistent with how FTE are reported and managed internally.

9

SNAPSHOT

Key Balance Sheet Metrics

As at
Movement

Reference
Page
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Capital adequacy ratio (%)
Common Equity Tier 1
- APRA Basel 3
35
8.3%
8.5%
8.2%
- Internationally Harmonised Basel 31
35
10.5%
10.8%
10.3%
Credit risk weighted assets ($B)
135
305.3
287.7
275.0
6%
11%
Total risk weighted assets ($B)
135
360.7
339.3
322.6
6%
12%
Balance Sheet: Key Items
Gross loans & advances ($B) 512.4
486.9
457.6
5%
12%
Net loans & advances ($B) 509.3
483.3
454.3
5%
12%
Total assets ($B) 737.8
703.0
672.6
5%
10%
Customer deposits ($B) 388.0
368.8
344.1
5%
13%
Total equity ($B) 47.0
45.6
42.5
3%
11%
Impaired assets
Gross impaired assets ($M)
27
3,620
4,264
4,685
-15%
-23%
Net impaired assets ($M)
27
2,150
2,797
3,142
-23%
-32%
Net impaired assets as a % of net advances 0.42%
0.58%
0.69%
Net impaired assets as a % of shareholders' equity 4.6%
6.1%
7.4%
Individual provision ($M)
107
1,470
1,467
1,543
0%
-5%
Individual provision as a % of gross impaired assets 40.6%
34.4%
32.9%
Collective provision ($M)
107
2,843
2,887
2,769
-2%
3%
Collective provision as a % of credit risk weighted assets 0.93%
1.00%
1.01%
Net Assets
Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($) 13.90
13.48
12.55
3%
11%
Net tangible assets attributable to ordinary shareholders ($B) 38.1
37.0
34.4
3%
11%
Other information
Full time equivalent staff (FTE)2 48,857
48,865
48,871
0%
0%
Assets per FTE ($M) 15.1
14.4
13.8
5%
9%
Share price
- high $34.06
$32.09
$29.46
6%
16%
- low $28.84
$26.30
$23.42
10%
23%
- closing $33.06
$30.78
$28.53
7%
16%
Market capitalisation of ordinary shares ($B) 90.7
84.5
78.3
7%
16%

1. ANZ’s interpretation of the regulations documented in the Basel Committee publications; “Basel 3: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” (June 2011) and “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards” (June 2006). See page 36 for a reconciliation between APRA Basel 3 and Internationalised harmonised Basel 3 standards.

2.

Comparative information has been restated to include technology contractors, consistent with how FTE are reported and managed internally.

**Net loans & advances by division/geography ** As at ($B)
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 278.3
271.6
262.0
2%
6%
International and Institutional Banking 136.3
123.5
114.5
10%
19%
New Zealand 88.2
81.5
71.7
8%
23%
Global Wealth 6.0
6.2
5.8
-3%
3%
GTSO and Group Centre 0.5
0.5
0.3
0%
67%
Net loans & advances by division 509.3
483.3
454.3
5%
12%
Australia 336.5
324.3
314.6
4%
7%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 76.6
69.9
61.2
10%
25%
New Zealand 96.2
89.1
78.5
8%
23%
Net loans & advances by geography 509.3
483.3
454.3
5%
12%

10

SNAPSHOT

FX Adjusted1 – Cash Profit Results and Net Loans and Advances

**Cash profit - FX adjusted **
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 6,764
6,640
6,459
2%
5%
Other operating income 2,904
2,769
2,876
5%
1%
Operating income 9,668
9,409
9,335
3%
4%
Operating expenses (4,286)
(4,280)
(4,213)
0%
2%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 5,382
5,129
5,122
5%
5%
Credit impairment charge (528)
(596)
(615)
-11%
-14%
Profit before income tax 4,854
4,533
4,507
7%
8%
Income tax expense (1,333)
(1,180)
(1,266)
13%
5%
Non-controlling interests (6)
(5)
(5)
20%
20%
Cash profit (FX adjusted) 3,515
3,348
3,236
5%
9%
**Cash profit - FX adjusted by division and geography **
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 1,479
1,449
1,409
2%
5%
International and Institutional Banking 1,372
1,256
1,264
9%
9%
New Zealand 546
515
443
6%
23%
Global Wealth 226
270
209
-16%
8%
GTSO and Group Centre (108)
(142)
(89)
-24%
21%
Cash profit - FX adjusted by division 3,515
3,348
3,236
5%
9%
Australia 2,025
2,117
2,098
-4%
-3%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 681
561
501
21%
36%
New Zealand 809
670
637
21%
27%
Cash profit - FX adjusted by geography 3,515
3,348
3,236
5%
9%
**Net loans & advances by division/geography - FX adjusted ** As at ($B)
Movement
Mar 14
Mar 14
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Australia 278.3
271.6
262.1
2%
6%
International and Institutional Banking 136.3
124.1
122.2
10%
12%
New Zealand 88.2
85.9
83.8
3%
5%
Global Wealth 6.0
6.3
6.2
-5%
-3%
GTSO and Group Centre 0.5
0.4
0.3
25%
67%
Net loans & advances by division - FX adjusted 509.3
488.3
474.6
4%
7%
Australia 336.5
324.3
314.6
4%
7%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 76.6
70.2
68.3
9%
12%
New Zealand 96.2
93.8
91.7
2%
5%
Net loans & advances by geography - FX adjusted 509.3
488.3
474.6
4%
7%

1. Comparative period data has been adjusted to remove the impact of foreign exchange movements.

11

SNAPSHOT

This page has been left blank intentionally

12

CEO OVERVIEW

CEO Overview[1 ]

Strategy and Performance

ANZ is executing a focused strategy to build the best connected, most respected bank across the Asia Pacific region, and in doing so provide shareholders with above-peer earnings growth.

The bank is pursuing significant organic growth opportunities in the Asia Pacific region, and with our strong domestic businesses in Australia and New Zealand, our distinctive footprint and super regional connectivity, we are uniquely positioned to meet the needs of customers, who are increasingly linked to regional capital, trade and wealth flows.

This half our differentiated strategy delivered a cash profit of $3.5 billion, up 11% from $3.2 billion over the prior corresponding period, and 6% on the half, with a Return on Equity of 15.5%, earnings per share of $1.287 cents and a fully-franked dividend per share of 83 cents. This result was driven by 6% revenue growth and 6% expense growth on a cash basis, and a 12% reduction in provisions. Total shareholder returns for the past twelve months were 19%.

Pleasingly, profits sourced from the Asia Pacific region increased to 25% of total Group profits putting the Group within range of its stated target of achieving 25-30% of profit driven by network revenue by 2017. While ANZ has ongoing growth aspirations in the region, we are now sufficiently advanced with our strategy to place a greater emphasis on improving returns, hence the goal to lift Group RoE to 16% or above by 2016 in part driven by improving returns outside Australia and New Zealand.

Strategic Progress

While economic conditions across the Asia Pacific region remain more robust by comparison to much of the rest of the world, conditions for banking remain challenging – particularly for institutional banking where relatively subdued economic conditions and margin compression have impacted growth.

Within that environment, management continued to focus on balancing the need for investment to meet the needs of our customers and drive longer-term growth, and the need to generate attractive returns for our shareholders in the near-term. This has been achieved by focusing on both productivity initiatives and capital management to improve returns and support strong EPS growth.

  • We are building stronger positions in our home markets of Australia and New Zealand, led by further gains in productivity and market share, and further penetration of Wealth products into our existing customer base in these markets.

  • We have continued to build Asia quickly, focused on intermediating the fast growing trade and capital flows in the region with particular emphasis on regional treasury centres like Hong Kong and Singapore and products like Trade, FX and Cash Management for Institutional customers. Notable achievements include 52% of International and Institutional Banking profit now coming from outside Australia and New Zealand; and significant increases in volume for higher return less capital intensive flow products like Foreign Exchange (up 37%), Cash Management Deposits (up 20%) and funded Trade and Supply Chain (up 6%).

  • Our Operations and Technology functions continue to deliver economies of scale, speed to market and a stronger control environment to the business, particularly from our regional hubs and our use of common platforms and processes, resulting in lower unit costs, better quality and lower risk. While average volumes increased by 8% over the past year, operations expenses reduced 4% (fx adjusted) on the prior comparative period.

  • The Group generated around $1.9 billion of additional capital over the year, and remains well capitalised with a Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 10.5% at 31 March 2014 on a Basel 3 harmonised basis, or 8.3% under APRA’s Basel 3 standards. Customer funding remained stable at 62% of total funding.

  • Gross impaired assets reduced both HOH and PCP, and the Group’s coverage ratios remain strong with CP to CRWA at 0.93% and the total provision ratio at 1.41%.

  • Finally, we focused on strengthening management depth and the alignment between business, operations, support and technology.

Medium to Long Term Strategic Goals

ANZ is committed to delivering strong total shareholder returns and above-peer earnings growth over the business cycle, targeting a Group cost to income ratio below 43% and return on equity above 16% by 2016. The target dividend payout ratio remains at 6570% of cash profit, which we believe to be a sustainable level in a Basel 3 environment.

To do this we will continue to:

  • Strengthen our position in our core markets of Australia and New Zealand by growing our Retail and Commercial operations, driving productivity benefits, leveraging our super regional strategy and using technology to drive better functionality.

  • In Australia, we are transforming the way we serve our customers by investing in physical, mobile and digital channels to support our retail customers, by increasing sales capacity to support our business banking customers, and by investing in customer analytics.

  • In New Zealand, we will work under one brand on one platform with more efficient market coverage.

  • Focus our Asian expansion primarily on Institutional Banking, supporting our Australian and New Zealand customers, targeting profitable markets and segments in which we have expertise and which are connected through trade and capital flows.

  • Achieve greater efficiency and control through the use of scalable common infrastructure and platforms.

  • Maintain strong liquidity and actively manage capital to enhance ROE.

  • Build on our Super Regional capabilities – utilising our management bench-strength and continuing to deepen our international talent pool.

  • Apply strict criteria when reviewing existing investment and new inorganic opportunities.

1 The CEO Overview is reported on a cash basis

13

CEO OVERVIEW

This page has been left blank intentionally

14

CFO OVERVIEW

CONTENTS

Section 4 – CFO Overview

Cash profit Divisional performance

Review of Group results

Income and expenses Credit risk Income tax expense Impact of exchange rate movements/revenue hedges Earnings per share and dividends Economic profit Balance sheet, liquidity and capital Deferred acquisition costs and deferred income

Investment spend Software capitalisation

15

CFO OVERVIEW

Non-IFRS information

The Group provides two additional measures of performance in the Results Announcement which are prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards - cash profit and economic profit. The guidance provided in Australian Securities and Investments Commission Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.

Cash profit

Statutory profit has been adjusted to exclude non-core items to arrive at cash profit, and has been provided to assist readers to understand the results for the ongoing business activities of the Group. The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory profit which is subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash profit is not subject to review by the external auditor, however, the external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that the adjustments have been determined on a consistent basis across each period presented.

The CFO Overview is reported on a cash basis.

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 3,381
3,329
2,937
2%
15%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit1 134
(16)
242
large
-45%
Cash profit 3,515
3,313
3,179
6%
11%
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Adjustments between statutory profit
**and cash profit1 **
Treasury shares adjustment 37
31
53
19%
-30%
Revaluation of policy liabilities (3)
27
19
large
large
Economic hedging 89
(205)
192
large
-54%
Revenue and net investment hedges 18
143
16
-87%
13%
Structured credit intermediation trades (7)
(12)
(38)
-42%
-82%
Total adjustments between
134
(16)
242
large
-45%
**statutory profit and cashprofit1 **

1. Refer to pages 83 to 92 for analysis of the reconciliation of statutory profit to cash profit.

**Cash Profit1 **
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 6,764
6,536
6,236
3%
8%
Other operating income 2,904
2,763
2,856
5%
2%
Operating income 9,668
9,299
9,092
4%
6%
Operating expenses (4,286)
(4,213)
(4,044)
2%
6%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 5,382
5,086
5,048
6%
7%
Credit impairment charge (528)
(598)
(599)
-12%
-12%
Profit before income tax 4,854
4,488
4,449
8%
9%
Income tax expense (1,333)
(1,170)
(1,265)
14%
5%
Non-controlling interests (6)
(5)
(5)
20%
20%
Cash profit 3,515
3,313
3,179
6%
11%

1. Refer to page 29 for the impact of exchange rates and revenue hedges on cash profit.

16

CFO OVERVIEW

Divisional performance

There have been no major changes to Divisional segments since 30 September 2013, however certain amounts in the comparatives have been reclassified to conform with current period financial statement presentations.

Half Year
Movement
Cash profit by division Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Australia 1,479
1,449
1,409
2%
5%
International and Institutional Banking 1,372
1,244
1,208
10%
14%
New Zealand 546
482
396
13%
38%
Global Wealth 226
268
204
-16%
11%
GTSO and Group Centre (108)
(130)
(38)
-17%
large
Cash profit/(loss) by division 3,515
3,313
3,179
6%
11%

Cash profit by division – March 2014 Half Year v March 2013 Half Year

==> picture [502 x 161] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

22
150
3,515
164 (70)
70
3,179
$m
1H13 Australia International and New Zealand Global Wealth GTSO and Group 1H14
Cash profit Institutional Banking Centre Cash profit
----- End of picture text -----

  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

Australia

  • Profit increased 5% primarily due to a 7% increase in average net loans and advances, partially offset by a 4% increase in credit impairment charges, higher operating expenses from the investment in the 'Banking on Australia' program and a 5 bp contraction in net interest margin.

International and Institutional Banking

  • Profit increased 14% due to stronger operating income in Global Markets (primarily from strong customer demand for foreign exchange and commodity products in Asia) and Transaction Banking, volume driven income growth from both Retail Asia Pacific and Asia Partnerships, and lower credit impairment charges, partially offset by 10% growth in operating expenses. Excluding the impact of favourable foreign exchange translations, profit was up 9%.

New Zealand

  • Profit increased 38% primarily due to above system growth in mortgages, a reduction in credit impairment charges (reflecting strong improvements in credit quality across the lending book), a 6% decrease in operating expenses and favourable foreign exchange translation.

Global Wealth

  • Profit increased 11% primarily due to higher funds management operating income (average funds under management (FUM) increased 14%), strong income growth in Private Wealth (strong growth in average customer deposits and loans and advances), partially offset by a decline in insurance income and higher operating expenses from strategic growth initiatives and regulatory spend.

GTSO and Group Centre

  • Net loss increased $70 million primarily due to realised losses from hedges of Group foreign currency revenues (offsetting translation gains elsewhere in the Group) and annual salary increases.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

Australia

  • Profit increased 2% primarily due to a 3% increase in average net loans and advances and a 7% decrease in credit impairment charges, partially offset by 1% uplift in expenses and a 3 bp contraction in net interest margin.

International and Institutional Banking

  • Profit increased 10% due to stronger operating income in Global Markets (primarily from stronger customer demand for foreign exchange and commodity products in Asia) and volume driven income growth in Retail Asia Pacific and Asia Partnerships, partially offset by 4% growth in operating expenses and higher credit impairment charges.

17

CFO OVERVIEW

New Zealand

  • Profit increased 13% primarily due to solid growth in mortgages and small business banking, a significant reduction in credit impairment charges (reflecting strong improvements in credit quality across the lending book), a 1% decrease in operating expenses and favourable foreign exchange translation.

Global Wealth

  • Profit decreased 16% mainly due to a favourable one off tax consolidation adjustment in the September 2013 half. Profit before tax increased 9% driven by strong growth in Private Wealth operating income (mainly from customer deposits) and higher funds management income (reflecting 7% average FUM growth), partially offset by lower insurance operating income and higher operating expenses from strategic growth initiatives and regulatory spend.

GTSO and Group Centre

  • Net loss decreased 17% primarily due to lower restructuring costs in the current period, partially offset by higher realised losses from hedges of Group foreign currency revenues (offsetting translation gains elsewhere in the Group).

Refer to Section 5 – Segment Review on pages 41 to 74 for further details

18

CFO OVERVIEW

Review of Group results

Income and expenses

Net interest income

Half Year
Movement
Group Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Cash net interest income 6,764
6,536
6,236
3%
8%
Average interest earning assets 632,400
595,998
556,264
6%
14%
Average deposit and other borrowings 498,484
466,261
433,780
7%
15%
Net interest margin (%) - cash 2.15
2.19
2.25
-4 bps
-10 bps
Group (excluding Global Markets)
Cash net interest income 6,241
6,095
5,860
2%
7%
Average interest earning assets 492,602
466,006
440,110
6%
12%
Average deposit and other borrowings 381,118
360,113
334,212
6%
14%
Net interest margin (%) - cash 2.54
2.61
2.67
-7 bps
-13 bps
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Cash net interest margin by major division
Australia
Net interest margin (%) 2.48
2.51
2.53
-3 bps
-5 bps
Average interest earning assets ($M) 276,779
268,795
259,721
3%
7%
Average deposits and other borrowings ($M) 155,314
148,675
144,277
4%
8%
International and Institutional Banking
Net interest margin (%) 1.55
1.58
1.65
-3 bps
-10 bps
Average interest earning assets ($M) 258,222
240,370
216,536
7%
19%
Average deposits and other borrowings ($M) 216,062
195,535
182,389
10%
18%
New Zealand
Net interest margin (%) 2.48
2.49
2.50
-1 bp
-2 bps
Average interest earning assets ($M) 85,864
77,786
71,497
10%
20%
Average deposits and other borrowings ($M) 54,516
48,311
45,023
13%
21%

Group net interest margin – March 2014 Half Year v March 2013 Half Year

==> picture [503 x 159] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

3
225 1
(2)
(7)
215
(5)
bps
1H13 Asset mix and Funding costs Deposits Asset competition Markets and treasury 1H14
Cash funding mix competition and risk mix Cash
Net interest margin Net interest margin
----- End of picture text -----

  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

Net interest margin (-10 bps)

  • Asset mix and funding mix (-2 bps): adverse asset mix from an increased proportion of lower margin home loans and trade loans.

  • Funding costs (+1 bp): impact from slightly favourable wholesale funding costs.

  • Deposit competition (+3 bps): benefit from active margin management across deposit products as a result of lower deposit competition, particularly term deposits.

  • Asset competition and risk mix (-7 bps): continued pressure on lending margins, including competition and switching from variable to fixed in the home loan market in Australia and New Zealand, competition in Global Loans and lower spreads within Corporate and Commercial Banking.

19

CFO OVERVIEW

  • Markets and treasury (-5 bps): primarily Treasury due to adverse impact of lower earnings on capital from lower interest rates.

Average interest earning assets (+$76.1 billion or 14%)

  • Australia (+$17.1 billion or 7%): driven by growth in net loans and advances, largely home loans and commercial lending facilities.

  • International and Institutional Banking (+$41.7 billion or 19%): $7.5 billion increase in Global Loans and $7.3 billion increase in Transaction Banking loans which grew in line with strategy. Reverse repos, investment in government securities, bonds and liquidity portfolio within Global Markets increased by $23.2 billion.

  • New Zealand (+$14.4 billion or 20%): increased Commercial and Retail lending, primarily in shorter term fixed rate home loans, as well as the impact of stronger NZD.

  • GTSO and Group Centre (+$2.4 billion): Increase in cash balance to facilitate interbank overnight settlement driven by new RBA requirements.

Average deposits and other borrowings (+$65 billion or 15%)

  • Australia (+$11.0 billion or 8%): driven by growth in customer deposits across the retail and commercial portfolios, largely at call products.

  • International and Institutional Banking (+$33.7 billion or 18%): primarily due to increased customer deposits within APEA and Australia. Increase of $17.8 billion in Global Markets driven by customer deposits and external repos for funding purposes.

  • New Zealand (+$9.5 billion or 21%): increasing volumes in Retail and Commercial banking, including a focus on growing higher margin savings products, as well as the impact of a stronger NZD.

  • GTSO and Group Centre (+$8.4 billion): reflecting increased short term Negotiable Certificates of Deposit issuance and an increase in cash borrowing balance related to the new RBA requirements.

Group net interest margin – September 2013 Half Year v March 2013 Half Year

==> picture [503 x 160] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

2
219 -
(1) - 215
(5)
bps
2H13 Asset mix and Funding costs Deposits Asset competition Markets and treasury 1H14
Cash funding mix competition and risk mix Cash
Net interest margin Net interest margin
----- End of picture text -----

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

Net interest margin (-4 bps)

  • Asset mix and funding mix (-1 bp): unfavourable asset mix impact from faster growth in lower margin Home Loans business and slower growth in higher margin Cards and Payments business.

  • Deposit competition (+2 bps): benefit from active margin management across deposit products as a result of lower deposit competition, particularly term deposits.

  • Asset competition and risk mix (-5 bps): continued pressure on lending margins, including significant competition and switching from variable to fixed in the home loan market in Australia and New Zealand, competition in Global Loans within IIB and lower spreads within Corporate and Commercial Banking.

Average interest earning assets (+$36.4 billion or 6%)

  • Australia (+$8.0 billion or 3%): driven by growth in net loans and advances, largely in the variable home loan portfolio.

  • International and Institutional Banking (+$17.9 billion or 7%): Global Loans increased by $5.0 billion with strong re-financing levels in Australia and Transaction Banking loans increased by $1.6 billion, primarily in Asia. Reverse repos, investment in government securities and liquidity portfolio within Global Markets increased by $8.6 billion.

  • New Zealand (+$8.1 billion or 10%): Increased Commercial and Retail lending volumes, particularly shorter term fixed rate home loans as the economic environment improved, as well as the impact of a stronger NZD.

  • GTSO and Group Centre (+$2.5 billion): Increase in cash balance to facilitate interbank overnight settlement attributed to new RBA requirements.

Average deposits and other borrowings (+$32 billion or 7%)

  • Australia (+$6.6 billion or 4%): driven by growth in customer deposits across the retail and commercial portfolios, largely at call products.

  • International and Institutional Banking (+$20.5 billion or 10%): increase in term deposits, with growth concentrated in APEA and Australia. Increase of $11.2 billion in deposits within Global Markets driven by customers and external repos for funding purposes and commodities trading in Asia.

  • New Zealand (+$6.2 billion or 13%): increased customer deposits in both Commercial and Retail, as well as the impact of a stronger NZD.

  • GTSO and Group Centre (-$2.1 billion): decreased short term wholesale funding borrowings, partially offset by increased cash borrowings balance related to the new RBA requirements.

20

CFO OVERVIEW

Income and expenses, cont’d

Other operating income
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Fee income1 1,191
1,171
1,145
2%
4%
Foreign exchange earnings1 43
75
134
-43%
-68%
Net income from wealth management 617
622
594
-1%
4%
Share of associates' profit1 243
269
209
-10%
16%
Other1 90
59
31
52%
large
Global Markets other operating income 720
567
743
27%
-3%
Cash other operating income 2,904
2,763
2,856
5%
2%
1.
Excluding Global Markets.
Global Markets income
Net interest income 523
441
376
19%
39%
Other operating income 720
567
743
27%
-3%
Cash Global Markets income 1,243
1,008
1,119
23%
11%
Half Year
Movement
Other operating income by division Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 588
602
588
-2%
0%
International and Institutional Banking 1,599
1,409
1,502
13%
6%
New Zealand 178
186
162
-4%
10%
Global Wealth 726
705
680
3%
7%
GTSO and Group Centre (187)
(139)
(76)
35%
large
Cash other operating income 2,904
2,763
2,856
5%
2%

Other operating income – March 2014 Half Year v March 2013 Half Year

==> picture [503 x 158] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

59
46 2,904
2,856 23 34 (23)
(91)
$m
1H13 Fee income Foreign exchange Net income from Share of Other Global Markets 1H14
Cash other earnings wealth associates' profit other operating Cash other
operating income management income operating income
----- End of picture text -----

  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

Fee income (+$46 million or +4%)

  • Transaction Banking increased $17 million, primarily due to an $8 million increase in fees relating to issuance of Letters of Credit in China, Korea and Singapore, $3 million increase in fees from guarantees and Letters of Credit issued in Europe and $3 million increase in fees earned in the Pacific due to volume growth.

  • Retail Asia Pacific increased $13 million, primarily due to higher income from investment and insurance products in Hong Kong and Singapore and weakening of the AUD during the March 2014 half.

  • New Zealand increased $13 million, mainly due to weakening of the AUD during the March 2014 half.

  • Cards and Payments decreased $5 million, primarily due to reduced income as a result of improved customer payment behaviour on consumer credit card products.

Foreign Exchange (-$91 million or -68%)

  • Group Centre decreased $126 million, primarily due to realised losses on foreign currency revenue hedges (offsetting translation gains elsewhere in the Group).

  • IIB (excluding Global Markets) increased $32 million, mainly driven by growth in cross border transaction volumes in Transaction Banking and higher gains in Retail Asia Pacific due to the weakening of AUD.

21

CFO OVERVIEW

Net Income from Wealth Management (+$23 million or +4%)

  • Global Wealth increased $6 million due to improved funds management results driven by higher average funds under management, partially offset by lower insurance income arising from the exit of a large group Iife insurance plan.

  • Group Centre increased $13 million due to a reduction in the elimination of Global Wealth investments in ANZ products (offset in net interest income).

Share of associates profit (+$34 million or +16%)

  • AMMB Holdings Berhad (AMMB) increased by $13 million mainly due to strong non-interest income growth driven by Retail and Insurance segments.

  • Bank of Tianjin (BoT) increased $12 million due to increased earnings driven by strong lending growth in both Enterprise and Retail clients, growth in interbank assets and weakening of the AUD.

  • Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB) increased $5 million mainly due to weakening of the AUD.

  • P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia increased by $2 million due to increased earnings driven by lending growth more than offsetting the weakening of the IDR.

Other income (+$59 million or large %)

  • Global Wealth increased $33 million, primarily due to resolution of an insurance settlement relating to a legacy New Zealand funds management matter.

  • Global Loans increased $7 million mainly due to the profit on the restructuring of structured lease assets.

  • Asia Partnerships increased $12 million due to the BoT dilution gain (from non-participation in a rights issue) recorded in the March 2014 half.

Global Markets Income (+$124 million or +11%)

In relatively similar trading conditions the customer franchise has been the key driver in increasing revenue by $124 million:

  • Sales revenue increased $74 million, mainly due to the foreign exchange business where increased volatility has led to increased customer hedging activity.

  • Trading income increased $20 million, primarily due to strong growth across the foreign exchange business, with high levels of customer demand in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan.

  • Income from management of the Group’s balance sheet and liquidity portfolio increased $30 million due to tightening of credit spreads on mark to market valuation.

Refer to page 56 for further information.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

Fee income (+$20 million or +2%)

  • Transaction Banking increased $13 million, primarily due to a $10 million increase in fees relating to the issuance of Letters of Credit in China, Korea, and Singapore and $3 million increase in guarantee fees in Australia.

  • Retail Asia Pacific increased $9 million, primarily due to higher income from investment and insurance products in Hong Kong and Singapore.

Foreign Exchange (-$32 million or -43%)

  • Group Centre decreased $25 million driven by realised losses on foreign currency revenue hedges (offsetting translation gains elsewhere in the Group).

  • Cards and Payments decreased $12 million due to seasonally lower travel card volumes.

Net Income from Wealth Management (-$5 million or -1%)

  • Global Wealth decreased $5 million driven by a decline in insurance income arising from the exit of a large group life insurance plan, partially offset by growth in funds management income.

Share of associates profit (-$26 million or -10%)

  • AMMB decreased $12 million mainly due to seasonal factors impacting non-annuity earnings.

  • BoT increased $7 million due to increased earnings driven by growth in both Corporate lending and interbank assets.

  • SRCB decreased $12 million mainly due to an impairment of an investment held by SRCB.

  • P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia decreased $6 million mainly due to seasonal factors impacting earnings and the weakening of the IDR.

Other income (+$31 million or +52%)

  • Asia Partnerships increased by $39 million due to a write down of the investment in Saigon Securities Inc. (SSI) of $26 million in the September 2013 half and a dilution gain of $12 million (from non-participation in a rights issue) relating to BoT recorded in the March 2014 half.

  • Global Wealth increased $21 million, primarily due to resolution of an insurance settlement relating to a legacy New Zealand funds management matter.

  • Global Loans increased by $8 million mainly due to the profit on the restructuring of structured lease assets.

  • New Zealand decreased $14 million as the September 2013 results included the gain on sale of EFTPOS New Zealand Limited.

22

CFO OVERVIEW

Global Markets Income (+$235 million or +23%)

A sustained period of strong client acquisition and favourable trading conditions has increased revenue by $235 million:

  • Sales revenues increased $45 million mainly attributable to the foreign exchange business where increased volatility has led to increased customer hedging activity.

  • Trading income (primarily on customer foreign exchange hedging and precious metals) increased $68 million on improved trading conditions and higher customer flows.

  • Income from management of the Group’s balance sheet and liquidity portfolio increased $122 million in part due to tightening of credit spreads from September 2013 half.

Refer to page 56 for further information.

23

CFO OVERVIEW

Income and expenses, cont’d

Half Year
Movement
Expenses Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Personnel expenses 2,493
2,417
2,347
3%
6%
Premises expenses 391
377
356
4%
10%
Computer expenses 640
625
618
2%
4%
Restructuring expenses 35
28
57
25%
-39%
Other expenses 727
766
666
-5%
9%
Total cash operating expenses 4,286
4,213
4,044
2%
6%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)1,2 48,857
48,865
48,871
0%
0%

1. Refer to page 142 for a summary of full time equivalent staff movements during the period.

2.

  • Comparative information has been restated to include technology contractors, consistent with how FTE are reported and managed internally.
Half Year
Movement
Expenses by division Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Australia 1,500
1,492
1,475
1%
2%
International and Institutional Banking 1,598
1,531
1,456
4%
10%
New Zealand 514
486
475
6%
8%
Global Wealth 494
489
463
1%
7%
GTSO and Group Centre 180
215
175
-16%
3%
Total cash operating expenses 4,286
4,213
4,044
2%
6%

Operating expenses – March 2014 Half Year v March 2013 Half Year

4,044
(22)
22
35
146
  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

  • Personnel expenses increased $146 million (6%), primarily due to annual salary increases and the adverse impact of foreign exchange movements, partially offset by lower redundancy costs in the March 2014 half.

  • Premises expenses increased $35 million (10%), driven by increased rental space, including our new Sydney premises, along with rent and utility cost increases and adverse foreign exchange translation.

  • Computer expenses increased $22 million (4%) due to increased depreciation and amortisation and higher spend on computer contractors and communication costs, partially offset by lower software purchases.

  • Restructuring expenses decreased $22 million (-39%) due to the completion of “NZ Simplification” and lower restructuring initiatives in GTSO and Group Centre.

  • Other expenses increased $61 million (9%), primarily due to adverse impact of foreign exchange movements, the impact of a one off GST credit in the March 2013 half and higher advertising costs, partially offset by lower spend on project consultants.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

  • Personnel expenses increased $76 million (3%), primarily due to annual salary increases and the adverse impact of foreign exchange movements.

  • Premises expenses increased $14 million (4%) due to increased depreciation and amortisation on new office buildings and fixtures.

  • Computer expenses increased $15 million (2%) due to increased depreciation and amortisation and higher computer contractors costs, partially offset by lower software purchases.

  • Restructuring expenses increased $7 million (25%) due mainly to increased restructuring in GTSO and Group Centre.

  • Other expenses decreased $39 million (-5%) primarily due to lower spend on project consultants and decreased travel and entertainment costs.

24

CFO OVERVIEW

Credit risk

Overall asset quality has improved compared to the prior comparable period in 2013, with gross impaired assets reducing $1,065 million (23%) to $3,620 million at 31 March 2014. This was driven by a focus on portfolio credit quality resulting in lower levels of impaired exposures across Australia, IIB and New Zealand.

The Group continues to maintain a prudent approach to provisioning, with total provisions for impairment losses of $4,313 million as at 31 March 2014, down $41 million (1%) from 30 September 2013, up $1 million compared to the 31 March 2013.

The total credit impairment charge of $528 million reduced by $71 million (12%) compared to the prior comparable period and by $70 million (12%) compared to the September 2013 half.

Half Year
Movement
Credit impairment charge Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Individual credit impairment charge 602
572
595
5%
1%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (74)
26
4
large
large
Total credit impairment charge 528
598
599
-12%
-12%
Half Year
Movement
Credit impairment charge/(release) Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Australia 403
434
386
-7%
4%
International and Institutional Banking 161
133
184
21%
-13%
New Zealand (34)
9
28
large
large
Global Wealth (1)
3
1
large
large
GTSO and Group Centre (1)
19
-
large
n/a
Total credit impairment charge 528
598
599
-12%
-12%
Half Year
Movement
Individual credit impairment charge Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 374
401
370
-7%
1%
International and Institutional Banking 215
113
167
90%
29%
New Zealand 13
37
58
-65%
-78%
Global Wealth -
2
-
-100%
n/a
GTSO and Group Centre -
19
-
-100%
n/a
Total individual credit impairment charge 602
572
595
5%
1%
Half Year
Movement
New and increased individual credit impairments Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 557
582
550
-4%
1%
International and Institutional Banking 295
205
245
44%
20%
New Zealand 112
145
150
-23%
-25%
Global Wealth 3
4
-
-25%
n/a
GTSO and Group Centre -
19
-
-100%
n/a
New and increased credit impairments for loans and advances 967
955
945
1%
2%
Recoveries and writebacks
Australia (183)
(181)
(180)
1%
2%
International and Institutional Banking (80)
(92)
(78)
-13%
3%
New Zealand (99)
(108)
(92)
-8%
8%
Global Wealth (3)
(2)
-
50%
n/a
Recoveries and writebacks (365)
(383)
(350)
-5%
4%
Total individual credit impairment charge 602
572
595
5%
1%
  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

The total individual credit impairment charge increased by $7 million (1%) over the March 2013 half primarily due to higher credit impairment charges in IIB, partially offset by lower credit impairment charges in New Zealand due to an improvement in credit quality.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

The total individual credit impairment charge increased $30 million (5%) over the half, primarily due to larger provisions being raised in IIB, partially offset by reductions in Australia and New Zealand.

25

CFO OVERVIEW

Half Year
Movement
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) by source Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Lending growth 85
67
69
27%
23%
Risk profile (190)
(23)
(20)
large
large
Portfolio mix (10)
(9)
(20)
11%
-50%
Economic cycle and concentration risk adjustment 41
(9)
(25)
large
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (74)
26
4
large
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) by division
Australia 29
33
16
-12%
81%
International and Institutional Banking (54)
20
17
large
large
New Zealand (47)
(28)
(30)
68%
57%
Global Wealth (1)
1
1
large
large
GTSO and Group Centre (1)
-
-
n/a
n/a
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (74)
26
4
large
large

March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

The collective credit impairment charge decreased by $78 million from the March 2013 half, driven by a significant improvement in the risk profile following the crystallisation of individual provisions on a few large IIB exposures, and as a result of upgrades to a number of large customer exposures in IIB and New Zealand. This was partially offset by a net increase in economic cycle provision, primarily related to the mining services industry.

The $54 million release in IIB was due to a combination of the crystallisation of individual provisions on a few large exposures and improved customer credit ratings, partially offset by an increase in the economic cycle provision. The New Zealand release of $47 million was driven by improved credit quality and a reduction in the economic cycle provision, partially offset by lending growth and a few exposures returning to performing. The $29 million charge in Australia was primarily due to lending growth and an increase in the economic cycle provision.

March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

The collective credit impairment charge decreased $100 million from the September 2013 half, driven by a significant improvement in the risk profile following the crystallisation of individual provisions on a few large IIB exposures, and as a result of upgrades to a number of large customer exposures in IIB and New Zealand. This was partially offset by a net increase in economic cycle provision, primarily related to the mining services industry.

The drivers of the current period collective provision are as described above.

26

CFO OVERVIEW

Credit risk, cont’d

Provision for credit impairment balance As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Collective provision1 2,843
2,887
2,769
-2%
3%
Individual provision 1,470
1,467
1,543
0%
-5%
Total provision for credit impairment 4,313
4,354
4,312
-1%
0%

1. The collective provision includes amounts for off-balance sheet credit exposures: $597 million at 31 March 2014 (Sep 13: $595 million; Mar 13: $531 million). The impact on the income statement for the half year ended 31 March 2014 was a $8 million release (Sep 13 half: $35 million charge; Mar 13 half: $2 million charge).

Gross impaired assets
As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Impaired loans 3,314
3,751
3,978
-12%
-17%
Restructured items 60
341
524
-82%
-89%
Non-performing commitments and contingencies 246
172
183
43%
34%
Gross impaired assets 3,620
4,264
4,685
-15%
-23%
Individual provisions
Impaired loans (1,396)
(1,440)
(1,518)
-3%
-8%
Non-performing commitments and contingencies (74)
(27)
(25)
large
large
Net impaired assets 2,150
2,797
3,142
-23%
-32%
As at ($M)
Movement
Gross impaired assets by division Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Australia 1,463
1,685
1,746
-13%
-16%
International and Institutional Banking 1,471
1,758
1,893
-16%
-22%
New Zealand 668
765
1,013
-13%
-34%
Global Wealth 18
30
33
-40%
-45%
GTSO and Group Centre -
26
-
-100%
n/a
Gross impaired assets 3,620
4,264
4,685
-15%
-23%
Impaired and restructured items by size of exposure
As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Less than $10 million 2,204
2,235
2,246
-1%
-2%
$10 million to $100 million 897
1,491
1,659
-40%
-46%
Greater than $100 million 519
538
780
-4%
-33%
Gross impaired assets 3,620
4,264
4,685
-15%
-23%
Less: Individually assessed provisions for impairment (1,470)
(1,467)
(1,543)
0%
-5%
Net impaired assets 2,150
2,797
3,142
-23%
-32%
  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

Gross impaired assets decreased 23% primarily due to several exposures returning to performing in IIB and New Zealand, combined with lending book credit quality improvements. The Group has an individual provision coverage ratio on impaired assets of 40.6% at 31 March 2014, up from 32.9% as at 31 March 2013.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

Gross impaired assets decreased 15% primarily due to several exposures returning to performing in IIB and New Zealand, combined with asset realisations and write-offs. The Group has an individual provision coverage ratio on impaired assets of 40.6% at 31 March 2014, up from 34.4% as at 30 September 2013.

27

CFO OVERVIEW

Credit risk, cont’d

==> picture [219 x 14] intentionally omitted <==

New Impaired Assets

New Impaired Assets
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Impaired loans 1,431
1,687
1,551
-15%
-8%
Restructured items 10
24
13
-58%
-23%
Non-performing commitments and contingencies 100
5
7
large
large
Total new impaired assets 1,541
1,716
1,571
-10%
-2%
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
New impaired assets by division
Australia 758
940
782
-19%
-3%
International and Institutional Banking 516
446
453
16%
14%
New Zealand 263
296
335
-11%
-21%
Global Wealth 4
8
1
-50%
large
GTSO and Group Centre -
26
-
-100%
n/a
Total new impaired assets 1,541
1,716
1,571
-10%
-2%
  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

New impaired assets decreased 2% primarily due to decreases in Australia and New Zealand divisions as portfolio credit quality improved. This was partially offset by some increases in IIB due to the downgrade of a few large customers.

March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

New impaired assets decreased 10% primarily due to decreases in the Australia and New Zealand as portfolio credit quality improved. This was partially offset by some increases in IIB due to the downgrade of a few large customers.

As at ($M)
Movement
Ageing analysis of net loans and advances
that are past due but not impaired
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
1-5 days 3,345
3,096
2,088
8%
60%
6-29 days 4,660
4,416
5,294
6%
-12%
30-59 days 2,037
1,506
1,870
35%
9%
60-89 days 980
927
889
6%
10%
>90 days 2,061
1,818
1,696
13%
22%
Total 13,083
11,763
11,837
11%
11%

March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

The 90 past due but not impaired volumes increased by 22%, compared with the March 2013 half, predominantly due to increases within the Australian mortgage portfolio. This was driven by a combination of portfolio growth, hardship ageing treatment changes, seasonality and specific state-based increases.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

The 90 past due but not impaired volumes increased by 13%, compared with the September 2013 half, predominantly due to increases within the Australian mortgage portfolio. This was driven by a combination of portfolio growth, hardship ageing treatment changes, seasonality and specific statebased increases. Along with the above, the 30-59 days delinquencies were also impacted by pending loan extension approvals and loan redocumentation for three large customers.

28

CFO OVERVIEW

Income tax expense

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Income tax expense on cash profit 1,333
1,170
1,265
14%
5%
Effective tax rate (cash profit) 27.5%
26.1%
28.4%
  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

The effective tax rate decreased 0.9% primarily due to a favourable increase in the overseas tax rate differential during the March 2014 half.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

The effective tax rate increased 1.4% primarily due to a favourable Global Wealth tax consolidation adjustment during the September 2013 half.

Impact of exchange rate movements/revenue hedges

The Group uses derivative instruments to economically hedge against the adverse impact on future offshore revenue streams from exchange rate movements.

Movements in average exchange rates, net of realised hedges, resulted in an increase of $57 million in the Group’s cash profit over the prior comparable period. Hedges reduced cash profit by $107 million (pre-tax) compared to the March 2013 half year and by $27 million (pre-tax) compared to the September 2013 half. Hedge revenue/cost is recorded against other operating income in the Group Centre. Excluding the impact of hedges, operating income (FX unadjusted) would have increased 4% on the September 2013 half year and by 8% on the March 2013 half year.

Half Year Mar 2014
v. Half Year Sep 2013
Half Year Mar 2014
v. Half Year Mar 2013
FX
unadjusted %
growth
FX adjusted
% growth
FX
Impact
$M
FX
unadjusted %
growth
FX adjusted
% growth
FX
Impact
$M
3%
2%
104
8%
5%
223
5%
5%
6
2%
1%
20
4%
3%
110
6%
4%
243
2%
0%
(67)
6%
2%
(169)
6%
5%
43
7%
5%
74
-12%
-11%
2
-12%
-14%
(16)
8%
7%
45
9%
8%
58
14%
13%
(10)
5%
5%
(1)
20%
20%
-
20%
20%
-
6%
5%
35
11%
9%
57
Net interest income
Other operating income
Operating income
Operating expenses
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
Credit impairment charge
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Non-controlling interests
Cash profit

The Group’s cash profit adjusted for exchange rate movements is as follows:

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 6,764
6,640
6,459
2%
5%
Other operating income 2,904
2,769
2,876
5%
1%
Operating income 9,668
9,409
9,335
3%
4%
Operating expenses (4,286)
(4,280)
(4,213)
0%
2%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 5,382
5,129
5,122
5%
5%
Credit impairment charge (528)
(596)
(615)
-11%
-14%
Profit before income tax 4,854
4,533
4,507
7%
8%
Income tax expense (1,333)
(1,180)
(1,266)
13%
5%
Non-controlling interests (6)
(5)
(5)
20%
20%
Cash profit (FX adjusted) 3,515
3,348
3,236
5%
9%

29

CFO OVERVIEW

Earnings related hedges

The Group has taken out economic hedges against New Zealand Dollar and US Dollar (and USD correlated) revenue and expense streams. New Zealand dollar exposure relate to the New Zealand geography (refer page 81) and the debt component of New Zealand dollar intra-group funding of this business, which amounted to NZD 1.766 billion at 31 March 2014. Most of our US dollar earnings are in APEA (refer page 78). Details of these hedges are set out below.

are set out below.
Half Year
Mar 14 Sep 13 Mar 13
NZD Economic hedges $M $M $M
Net open NZD position (notional principal)1 2,275 1,549 1,315
Amount taken to income (pre tax statutory basis)2 (104) (175) (3)
Amount taken to income (pre tax cash basis)3 (71) (40) (2)
USD Economic hedges
Net open USD position (notional principal)1 900 1,294 728
Amount taken to income (pre tax statutory basis)2 (5) (88) 13
Amount taken to income (pre tax cash basis)3 (15) (19) 23

1. Value in AUD at original contract rate. 2. Unrealised valuation movement plus realised revenue from closed out hedges. 3.

Realised revenue from closed out hedges.

  • As at 31 March 2014, the following hedges are in place to partially hedge future earnings against adverse movements in exchange rates:

  • NZD 2.6 billion at a forward rate of approximately NZD 1.16 / AUD.

  • USD 0.8 billion at a forward rate of approximately USD 0.94 / AUD.

During the March 2014 half year:

  • NZD 0.8 billion of economic hedges matured and a realised loss of $71 million (pre-tax) was recorded in cash profit.

  • USD 0.4 billion of economic hedges matured and a realised loss of $15 million (pre-tax) was recorded in cash profit.

  • An unrealised loss of $23 million (pre-tax) on the outstanding NZD and USD economic hedges was recorded in the income statement during the half and has been treated as an adjustment to statutory profit as these are hedges of future periods’ NZD and USD revenues.

Earnings per share (cents)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Cash earnings per share (cents)
Basic1 128.7
121.4
116.9
6%
10%
Diluted 124.3
117.4
113.1
6%
10%
Cash weighted average number of ordinary shares (M)2
Basic 2,728.0
2,727.5
2,716.6
0%
0%
Diluted 2,918.8
2,915.4
2,904.4
0%
0%
Cash profit ($M) 3,515
3,313
3,179
6%
11%
Preference share dividends ($M) (3)
(3)
(3)
0%
0%
Cash profit less preference share dividends ($M)1 3,512
3,310
3,176
6%
11%
Diluted cash profit less preference share dividends ($M) 3,628
3,424
3,286
6%
10%

1. The earnings per share calculation excludes the Euro Trust Securities (preference shares). 2. Includes Treasury shares held in Global Wealth.

30

CFO OVERVIEW

Dividends

Half Year
Movement
Dividend per ordinary share (cents) Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Interim (fully franked)1 83
n/a
73
n/a
14%
Final (fully franked) n/a
91
n/a
n/a
n/a
Ordinary share dividends used in payout ratio ($M)2 2,278
2,497
2,003
-9%
14%
Cash profit ($M) 3,515
3,313
3,179
6%
11%
Less: Preference share dividends paid (3)
(3)
(3)
0%
0%
**Ordinary share dividend payout ratio (cash basis) ** 64.9%
75.4%
63.1%

1. 2014 interim is proposed.

2. Dividend payout ratio is calculated using proposed 2014 interim dividend of $2,278 million, which is based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the dividend record date. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2013 half year and March 2013 half year are calculated using actual dividend paid of $2,497 million and $2,003 million respectively. Dividend payout ratio is calculated by adjusting profit attributable to shareholders of the company by the amount of preference share dividends paid.

The Directors propose that an interim dividend of 83 cents be paid on each eligible fully paid ANZ ordinary share on 1 July 2014. The proposed 2014 interim dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes and New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 10 cents per ordinary share will also be attached.

Economic profit

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the company 3,381
3,329
2,937
2%
15%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit 134
(16)
242
large
-45%
Cash profit 3,515
3,313
3,179
6%
11%
Economic credit cost adjustment (256)
(205)
(171)
25%
50%
Imputation credits 566
585
644
-3%
-12%
Economic return 3,825
3,693
3,652
4%
5%
Cost of capital (2,485)
(2,402)
(2,242)
3%
11%
Economic profit 1,340
1,291
1,410
4%
-5%

Economic profit is a risk adjusted profit measure used to evaluate business unit performance and is considered in determining the variable component of remuneration packages. This is used for internal management purposes and is not subject to review by the external auditor.

Economic profit is calculated via a series of adjustments to cash profit. The economic credit cost adjustment replaces the actual credit loss charge with internal expected loss based on the average loss per annum on the portfolio over an economic cycle. The benefit of imputation credits is recognised, measured at 70% of Australian tax. The cost of capital is a major component of economic profit. At an ANZ Group level, this is calculated using average ordinary shareholders’ equity (excluding non-controlling interests), multiplied by the cost of capital rate (11% used consistently over a number of years) plus the dividend on preference shares. At a business unit level, capital is allocated based on economic capital, whereby higher risk businesses attract higher levels of capital. This method is designed to help drive appropriate risk management and ensure business returns align with the relevant risk. Key risks covered include credit risk, operating risk, market risk and other risks.

Economic profit decreased 5% against the prior comparative period due to higher cash profit of 11% being more than offset by lower imputation tax credits due to lower Australian tax expense, higher economic credit cost adjustment and the cost of higher capital levels.

Economic profit increased 4% against the prior half due to higher cash profit of 6%, partially offset by a higher economic credit cost adjustment and the cost of higher capital levels.

31

CFO OVERVIEW

Balance sheet, liquidity and capital

Balance sheet, liquidity and capital
Condensed balance sheet
As at ($B)
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 131
Mar 131
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Assets
Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid 56.1
51.0
62.3
10%
-10%
Trading and available-for-sale assets 73.5
69.6
63.0
6%
17%
Derivative financial instruments 43.8
45.9
41.7
-5%
5%
Net loans and advances 509.3
483.3
454.3
5%
12%
Investments backing policy liabilities 33.2
32.1
31.2
3%
6%
Other 21.9
21.1
20.1
4%
9%
Total assets 737.8
703.0
672.6
5%
10%
Liabilities
Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received 12.0
12.6
16.3
-5%
-26%
Deposits and other borrowings 498.3
466.9
451.1
7%
10%
Derivative financial instruments 45.9
47.5
45.1
-3%
2%
Bonds and notes 73.6
70.4
60.2
5%
22%
Policy liabilities and external unit holder liabilities 36.7
35.9
34.8
2%
5%
Other 24.3
24.1
22.6
1%
8%
Total liabilities 690.8
657.4
630.1
5%
10%
Total equity 47.0
45.6
42.5
3%
11%

1. Comparative amounts have been amended. Refer to Note 21 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for details.

  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

  • Trading securities and available-for-sale assets increased by $11 billion, primarily due to a $1 billion increase in fixed income securities held for trading and increases in the Australia and New Zealand prime liquidity portfolios of $8 billion.

  • Net loans and advances increased $55 billion, driven by a $16 billion increase in Australia primarily from home loan growth; a $17 billion increase in New Zealand due to home loan growth and favourable foreign exchange rate impact; and a $22 billion increase in IIB relating to Global Markets in Australia, Transaction Banking in Asia and Global Loans in both Australia and Asia.

  • Deposits and other borrowings increased $47 billion, driven by a $11 billion increase in Australia from growth in Retail and Corporate & Commercial Banking; a $12 billion increase in New Zealand from growth in Retail and Commercial (and the impact of foreign exchange movements); a $21 billion increase in IIB from growth in Transaction Banking and Retail term deposits; and a $7 billion increase in Group Centre.

  • Bonds and notes increased $13 billion, attributable to a $7 billion increase in net issuances and a $5 billion increase due to foreign exchange movements.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

  • Trading securities and available-for-sale assets increased by $4 billion, primarily due to increases in the Australia and New Zealand prime liquidity portfolios.

  • Net loans and advances increased $26 billion, driven by a $7 billion increase in Australia primarily from home loan growth; a $7 billion increase in the New Zealand division due to home loan growth and favourable foreign exchange rate impact; and a $13 billion increase in IIB relating to Global Markets in Australia, Transaction Banking in Asia and Global Loans in both Australia and Asia.

  • Deposits and other borrowings increased $31 billion, driven by a $4 billion increase in Australia from growth in Retail and Corporate & Commercial Banking; a $6 billion increase in New Zealand from growth in Retail and Commercial (and the impact of foreign exchange movements); a $13 billion increase in IIB from growth in Transaction Banking and Retail accounts; and a $7 billion increase in Group Centre.

  • Bonds and notes increased $3 billion due to net issuances and foreign exchange movements.

32

CFO OVERVIEW

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due, including repaying depositors or maturing wholesale debt, or that the Group has insufficient capacity to fund increases in assets. The timing mismatch of cash flows and the related liquidity risk is inherent in all banking operations and is closely monitored by the Group. The Group maintains a portfolio of liquid assets to manage potential stresses in funding sources. The minimum level of liquidity portfolio assets to hold is based on a range of ANZ specific and general market liquidity stress scenarios such that potential cash flow obligations can be met over the short to medium term.

The Group’s approach to liquidity risk management incorporates the following key components:

  • Scenario modelling of funding sources

  • The Global Financial Crisis (GFC) highlighted the importance of differentiating between stressed and normal market conditions in a name-specific crisis and the different behaviour that offshore and domestic wholesale funding markets can exhibit during market stress events. ANZ’s short term liquidity scenario modelling stresses cash flow projections against multiple ‘survival horizons’ over which the Group is required to remain cash flow positive. In addition, longer term scenarios are in place that measure the structural liquidity position of the balance sheet. Scenarios modelled are either based on prudential requirements or Board mandated scenarios. Under these scenarios, customer and wholesale balance sheet asset/liability flows are stressed.

  • Liquidity portfolio

The Group holds a diversified portfolio of cash and high credit quality securities that may be sold or pledged to provide same-day liquidity. This portfolio helps protect the Group’s liquidity position by providing cash in a severely stressed environment. All assets held in the prime portfolio are securities eligible for repurchase under agreements with the applicable central bank (i.e. ‘repo eligible’).

The liquidity portfolio is well diversified by counterparty, currency and tenor. Under the liquidity policy framework, securities purchased for ANZ’s liquidity portfolio must be of a similar or better credit quality to ANZ’s external long-term or short-term credit ratings and continue to be repo eligible. Supplementing the prime liquid asset portfolio, the Group holds additional liquidity in the following:

  • central bank deposits with the US Federal Reserve, Bank of England and Bank of Japan of $17.2 billion;

  • Australian Commonwealth and State Government securities of $6.9 billion and gold and precious metals of $2.5 billion, and

  • cash and other securities to satisfy local country regulatory liquidity requirements which are not included in the liquid assets below.

As at
Mar 14 Sep 13 Mar 13
**Prime liquidity portfolio (Market values post haircut)1 ** AUD $B AUD $B AUD $B
Australia 28.9 27.8 25.3
New Zealand 12.5 11.1 10.5
United States 3.8 2.1 1.3
United Kingdom 5.2 5.1 4.4
Singapore 3.2 3.1 3.2
Hong Kong 0.8 0.6 0.3
Japan 1.3 1.4 1.4
Total excluding internal Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (RMBS) 55.7 51.2 46.4
Internal Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (Australia)2 29.6 35.7 35.3
Internal Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (New Zealand) 5.1 3.7 3.3
Total prime portfolio 90.4 90.6 85.0
Other eligible securities including gold and cash on deposit with central banks3 26.6 31.0 36.8
Total liquidity portfolio 117.0 121.6 121.8

1. Market value is post the repo discount applied by the applicable central bank.

2. Reduction in internal RMBS in Australia during the March 2014 half is due to higher prescribed haircuts from the RBA effective Nov 13.

3. Liquid Asset holdings in Australia netted down against overnight interbank repo treasury borrowings.

Regulatory Change

The Basel 3 Liquidity changes include the introduction of two liquidity ratios to measure liquidity risk (the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) in 2015 and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR), expected implementation 2018). A component of the liquidity required under the new standards will be met via the Committed Liquidity Facility from the Reserve Bank of Australian (RBA). The size and composition of this facility for 2015 will be confirmend with APRA during 2014, however the results of a trial exercise completed in 2013 confirmed our expectation that the Group remains well placed to meet future requirements.

APRA has released its final Prudential Standard on its requirements in December 2013 which largely adopted the recalibrated Basel runoff factors for the LCR. The Basel 3 revised standard on NSFR, released in January 2014, is currently undergoing a global review with the expectation of it being implemented in 2018.

Wholesale Funding

ANZ targets a diversified funding base, avoiding undue concentrations by investor type, maturity, market source and currency.

$13.1 billion of term wholesale debt (with a remaining term greater than one year as at 31 March 2014) was issued during the March 2014 half year. In addition, $1.6 billion of ANZ Capital Notes were issued.

  • Access to all major global wholesale funding markets remained available to ANZ during the March 2014 half year.

  • All wholesale funding needs were comfortably met.

  • The weighted average tenor of new term debt was 5.3 years (4.3 years in 2013).

  • The average term debt portfolio costs are slowly reducing, however, remain substantially above pre-GFC levels.

33

CFO OVERVIEW

Liquidity risk, cont’d

The following tables show the Group’s funding composition:

As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
**Customer deposits and other liabilities1 **
Australia 156,310
152,371
145,535
3%
7%
International and Institutional Banking 172,023
163,151
151,847
5%
13%
New Zealand 51,749
46,494
41,423
11%
25%
Global Wealth 12,699
11,569
10,042
10%
26%
GTSO and Group Centre (4,759)
(4,756)
(4,712)
0%
1%
Customer deposits 388,022
368,829
344,135
5%
13%
Other2 10,895
13,158
12,373
-17%
-12%
Total customer deposits and other liabilities (funding) 398,917
381,987
356,508
4%
12%
Wholesale funding3
Bonds and notes4 72,747
69,570
59,422
5%
22%
Loan capital 13,226
12,804
11,666
3%
13%
Certificates of deposit 57,707
58,276
61,564
-1%
-6%
Commercial paper issued 16,041
12,255
14,486
31%
11%
Other wholesale borrowings5 43,871
38,813
42,920
13%
2%
Total wholesale funding 203,592
191,718
190,058
6%
7%
Shareholders' equity (excl preference shares) 46,167
44,732
41,632
3%
11%
Total funding 648,676
618,437
588,198
5%
10%
Wholesale funding maturity3,6
Short term wholesale funding (excluding Central Banks)7,8 82,937
73,650
72,351
13%
15%
Central Bank deposits 17,512
15,374
18,360
14%
-5%
Total short term wholesale funding 100,449
89,024
90,711
13%
11%
Long term wholesale funding
- Less than 1 year residual maturity 18,695
20,292
31,977
-8%
-42%
- Greater than 1 year residual maturity 77,127
75,240
61,392
3%
26%
Hybrid capital including preference shares 7,321
7,162
5,978
2%
22%
Total wholesale funding and preference share capital
203,592
191,718
190,058
6%
7%
excluding shareholders' equity
Total funding maturity
Total short term wholesale funding 15%
15%
15%
Long term wholesale funding
- Less than 1 year residual maturity 3%
3%
5%
- Greater than 1 year residual maturity 12%
12%
11%
Total customer liabilities (funding) 62%
62%
61%
Shareholders' equity and hybrid debt 8%
8%
8%
Total wholesale funding and shareholder equity
100%
100%
100%
excluding preference share capital

1. Includes term deposits, other deposits and an adjustment recognised in Group Centre to eliminate Global Wealth investments in ANZ deposit products.

2.

Includes interest accruals, payables and other liabilities, provisions and net tax provisions, excluding other liabilities in Global Wealth.

3.

Liability for acceptances have been removed as they do not provide net funding.

4.

Excludes term debt issued externally by Global Wealth. 5.

Includes borrowings from banks, net derivative balances, special purpose vehicles, other borrowings and Euro Trust Securities (preference shares).

6.

Long term wholesale funding amounts are stated at original hedged exchange rates. Movements due to currency fluctuations in actual amounts borrowed are classified as short term wholesale funding.

7.

RBA open-repo arrangement netted down by the exchange settlement account cash balance.

8. Liquid Asset holdings in Australia netted down against overnight interbank repo treasury borrowings.

34

CFO OVERVIEW

Capital Management

Capital Ratios

As As at
APRA Basel 3 **Internationally Harmonised Basel 31 **
Sep 13 Mar 13 Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Common Equity Tier 1 8.3% 8.5% 8.2% 10.5%
10.8%
10.3%
Tier 1 10.3% 10.4% 9.8% 12.6%
12.8%
12.1%
Total capital 12.1% 12.2% 11.7% 14.5%
14.7%
14.0%
Risk weighted assets ($B) 360.7 339.3 322.6 339.5
318.5
307.6
  1. Internationally Harmonised ratios do not include additional items identified as differences between APRA and Basel 3 capital regulations in the recently released Basel Committee’s Regulatory Consistency Assessment Programme (RCAP) on Basel 3 implementation in Australia (March 2014). These items are subject to further clarification from APRA and the Basel Committee and are not expected to have a material impact on ANZ’s Internationally Harmonised capital ratios.

APRA Basel 3 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) – March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

==> picture [503 x 161] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

104
(27)
(18)
8.48
8.33
Movement
in (74)
bps
Sep-13 Cash RWA Non-RWA Business Dividends [1] Mar-14
APRA Basel 3 NPAT Business Usage Usage APRA Basel 3
----- End of picture text -----

  1. Following the issue of 16.2 million ordinary shares under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Bonus Option Plan for the 2013 final dividend, the Company repurchased $500 million of ordinary shares via an on-market share buy-back resulting in 15.9 million ordinary shares being cancelled.

35

CFO OVERVIEW

APRA Basel 3 to Internationally Harmonised[1] Basel 3 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) – March 2014 half year

43 10.48
55
Movement 79 19 19
in
bps 8.33
Mar-14 10% allowance for Up to 5% Other Mortgage IRRBB RWA Mar-14
APRA Basel 3 investments in allowance for capital items 20% LGD floor (APRA Pillar 1 Internationally
insurance and banking deferred and others approach) Harmonised
associates tax assets Basel 3
  1. ANZ’s interpretation of the regulations documented in the Basel Committee publications; “Basel 3: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” (June 2011) and “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards” (June 2006).

The above table provides a reconciliation of CET1 ratio under APRA’s Basel 3 prudential capital standards to Internationally Harmonised Basel 3 standards. APRA views the Basel 3 reforms as a minimum requirement and hence has not incorporated some of the concessions proposed in the Basel 3 rules and has also set higher requirements in other areas. As a result, Australian banks’ Basel 3 reported capital ratios will not be directly comparable with international peers (Internationally Harmonised Basel 3).

In addition, APRA has implemented an accelerated implementation timetable for the Basel 3 capital reforms, particularly in relation to minimum capital ratios and deductions which became effective 1 January 2013. Introduction of the prescribed minimum capital buffers, which now includes higher loss absorbency capital requirements for Domestic Systematically Important Banks (D-SIB) will be fully effective from 1 January 2016.

APRA is still yet to finalise capital standards on the Basel 3 reforms dealing with the leverage ratio and contingent capital.

Level 3 Conglomerates (“Level 3”)

APRA has announced that it will proceed with implementing Level 3 Conglomerates framework on 1 January 2015, with final Level 3 capital adequacy standards expected to be released during 2014. The standards will regulate a bancassurance group such as ANZ as a single economic entity with minimum capital requirements and additional reporting on risk exposure levels. Based upon APRA’s draft Level 3 standards covering capital adequacy, group governance, risk management and risk exposures, ANZ is not expecting any material impact on its operations.

Domestic Systematically Important Bank (D-SIB) Framework

APRA has released details of its D-SIB framework for implementation in Australia and have classified ANZ and three other major Australian banks as domestic systematically important banks. As a result the Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB) applied to the four major Australian banks will increase by 100 basis points from 1 January 2016, further strengthening the capital position of Australia D-SIBs. ANZ’s current capital position is already in excess of APRA’s requirements including the D-SIB overlay. ANZ may modestly increase its capital buffers from current levels over time through organic capital generation.

36

CFO OVERVIEW

Deferred acquisition costs and deferred income

The Group recognises as assets deferred acquisition costs relating to the acquisition of interest earning assets or the issuance of funding. The Group also recognises deferred income that is integral to the yield of an originated financial instrument, net of any direct incremental costs. This income is deferred and recognised as net interest income over the expected life of the financial instrument under AASB 139: ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. Deferred acquisition costs that do not relate to interest earning assets, for example those relating to the acquisition of life investment contracts, are excluded from this analysis.

The balances of deferred acquisition costs and deferred income were:

Deferred Acquisition Costs1
Deferred Income
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
Australia 794
780
745
67
69
70
International and Institutional Banking 34
18
17
271
262
251
New Zealand 170
142
106
50
47
38
Global Wealth 2
2
1
3
3
3
GTSO and Group Centre 63
49
44
-
-
-
Total 1,063
991
913
391
381
362

1. Deferred acquisition costs largely include the amounts of brokerage capitalised and amortised in the Australia and New Zealand divisions. Deferred acquisition costs also include capitalised debt raising expenses.

Deferred acquisition costs and associated amortisation during the period were:

Half Year Mar 2014
Half Year Sep 2013
Amortisation Charge
Capitalised Costs1
Amortisation Charge
**Capitalised Costs1 **
$M
$M
$M
$M
Australia 203
217
203
238
International and Institutional Banking 14
30
7
8
New Zealand 30
58
24
60
Global Wealth -
-
-
1
GTSO and Group Centre 12
26
13
18
Total 259
331
247
325

1. Costs capitalised during the period exclude brokerage trailer commissions paid.

37

CFO OVERVIEW

Investment spend

Investment spend includes expenditure that develops and enhances the Group's infrastructure to meet business and strategic objectives and to improve capabilities and efficiencies. Over the March 2014 half the Group continued to invest strongly with spend of $527 million. Key initiatives included the “Banking on Australia” program with a focus on building digital capabilities, continued investment in IIB with the implementation of the core banking system in Hong Kong and continued development of our Transaction Banking capabilities. Risk and Compliance remains a significant focus with investment in technology security and regulatory requirements across the region.

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Expensed investment spend 161
204
181
-21%
-11%
Capitalised investment spend 366
551
333
-34%
10%
Investment spend 527
755
514
-30%
3%
Comprising Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Growth 229
313
209
-27%
10%
Transformation and productivity 104
139
116
-25%
-10%
Risk and compliance 137
209
129
-34%
6%
Maintenance and infrastructure 57
94
60
-39%
-5%
Investment spend 527
755
514
-30%
3%

38

CFO OVERVIEW

Software capitalisation

At 31 March 2014, the Group’s intangibles included $2,332 million in relation to costs incurred in acquiring and developing software. Details are set out in the table below:

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Balance at start of period 2,170
1,857
1,762
17%
23%
Software capitalised during the period 362
496
284
-27%
27%
Amortisation during the period (205)
(202)
(181)
1%
13%
Software impaired/written-off (1)
-
(8)
n/a
-88%
Foreign exchange differences 6
19
-
-68%
n/a
Total capitalised software 2,332
2,170
1,857
7%
26%
Capitalised cost analysis by Division Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 106
136
76
-22%
39%
International and Institutional Banking 111
162
115
-31%
-3%
New Zealand 14
10
12
40%
17%
Global Wealth 19
36
14
-47%
36%
GTSO and Group Centre 112
152
67
-26%
67%
Total 362
496
284
-27%
27%
Net book value by Division Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 510
453
359
13%
42%
International and Institutional Banking 1,039
1,008
914
3%
14%
New Zealand 81
75
84
8%
-4%
Global Wealth 101
97
75
4%
35%
GTSO and Group Centre 601
537
425
12%
41%
Total 2,332
2,170
1,857
7%
26%

39

CFO OVERVIEW

This page has been left blank intentionally

40

SEGMENT REVIEW

CONTENTS

Section 5 – Segment Review

Segment performance

Australia International and Institutional Banking (IIB) New Zealand Global Wealth Global Technology, Services and Operations (GTSO) and Group Centre

41

SEGMENT REVIEW

Segment Performance

The Group operates on a divisional structure with Australia, International and Institutional Banking (IIB), New Zealand, and Global Wealth being the major operating divisions. The IIB and Global Wealth divisions are coordinated globally. GTSO and Group Centre provide support to the operating divisions, including technology, operations, risk management, financial management, strategy and marketing, human resources and corporate affairs. Additionally, Group Centre includes Group Treasury, Shareholder Functions and Discontinued Businesses.

There have been no major structural changes to Divisional segments since 30 September 2013, however certain amounts in the comparatives have been reclassified to conform with current period financial statement presentations.

The Segment Review section is reported on a cash basis.

March 2014 Half Year

March 2014 Half Year
International &
Institutional GTSO and
AUD M Australia Banking New Zealand Global Wealth Group Centre Group
Net interest income 3,429 1,993 1,061 80 201 6,764
Other operating income 588 1,599 178 726 (187) 2,904
Operating income 4,017 3,592 1,239 806 14 9,668
Operating expenses (1,500) (1,598) (514) (494) (180) (4,286)
Profit before credit impair't and income tax 2,517 1,994 725 312 (166) 5,382
Credit impairment (charge)/release (403) (161) 34 1 1 (528)
Profit before income tax 2,114 1,833 759 313 (165) 4,854
Income tax expense and
non-controlling interests
(635) (461) (213) (87) 57 (1,339)
Cash profit 1,479 1,372 546 226 (108) 3,515

September 2013 Half Year

September 2013 Half Year
International &
Institutional GTSO and
AUD M Australia Banking New Zealand Global Wealth Group Centre Group
Net interest income 3,389 1,906 973 75 193 6,536
Other operating income 602 1,409 186 705 (139) 2,763
Operating income 3,991 3,315 1,159 780 54 9,299
Operating expenses (1,492) (1,531) (486) (489) (215) (4,213)
Profit before credit impair't and income tax 2,499 1,784 673 291 (161) 5,086
Credit impairment charge (434) (133) (9) (3) (19) (598)
Profit before income tax 2,065 1,651 664 288 (180) 4,488
Income tax expense and
non-controlling interests
(616) (407) (182) (20) 50 (1,175)
Cash profit 1,449 1,244 482 268 (130) 3,313

March 2014 Half Year vs September 2013 Half Year

International &
Institutional GTSO and
% Australia Banking New Zealand Global Wealth Group Centre Group
Net interest income 1% 5% 9% 7% 4% 3%
Other operating income -2% 13% -4% 3% 35% 5%
Operating income 1% 8% 7% 3% -74% 4%
Operating expenses 1% 4% 6% 1% -16% 2%
Profit before credit impair't and income tax 1% 12% 8% 7% 3% 6%
Credit impairment charge -7% 21% large large large -12%
Profit before income tax 2% 11% 14% 9% -8% 8%
Income tax expense and
non-controlling interests
3% 13% 17% large 14% 14%
Cash profit 2% 10% 13% -16% -17% 6%

42

SEGMENT REVIEW

March 2014 Half Year

March 2014 Half Year
International &
Institutional GTSO and
AUD M Australia Banking New Zealand Global Wealth Group Centre Group
Net interest income 3,429 1,993 1,061 80 201 6,764
Other operating income 588 1,599 178 726 (187) 2,904
Operating income 4,017 3,592 1,239 806 14 9,668
Operating expenses (1,500) (1,598) (514) (494) (180) (4,286)
Profit before credit impair't and income tax 2,517 1,994 725 312 (166) 5,382
Credit impairment (charge)/release (403) (161) 34 1 1 (528)
Profit before income tax 2,114 1,833 759 313 (165) 4,854
Income tax expense and
non-controlling interests
(635) (461) (213) (87) 57 (1,339)
Cash profit 1,479 1,372 546 226 (108) 3,515

March 2013 Half Year

March 2013 Half Year
International &
Institutional GTSO and
AUD M Australia Banking New Zealand Global Wealth Group Centre Group
Net interest income 3,281 1,785 891 64 215 6,236
Other operating income 588 1,502 162 680 (76) 2,856
Operating income 3,869 3,287 1,053 744 139 9,092
Operating expenses (1,475) (1,456) (475) (463) (175) (4,044)
Profit before credit impair't and income tax 2,394 1,831 578 281 (36) 5,048
Credit impairment charge (386) (184) (28) (1) - (599)
Profit before income tax 2,008 1,647 550 280 (36) 4,449
Income tax expense and
non-controlling interests
(599) (439) (154) (76) (2) (1,270)
Cash profit 1,409 1,208 396 204 (38) 3,179

March 2014 Half Year vs March 2013 Half Year

March 2014 Half Year vs March 2013 Half Year
International &
Institutional GTSO and
% Australia Banking New Zealand Global Wealth Group Centre Group
Net interest income 5% 12% 19% 25% -7% 8%
Other operating income 0% 6% 10% 7% large 2%
Operating income 4% 9% 18% 8% -90% 6%
Operating expenses 2% 10% 8% 7% 3% 6%
Profit before credit impair't and income tax 5% 9% 25% 11% large 7%
Credit impairment charge 4% -13% large large n/a -12%
Profit before income tax 5% 11% 38% 12% large 9%
Income tax expense and
non-controlling interests
6% 5% 38% 14% large 5%
Cash profit 5% 14% 38% 11% large 11%

43

SEGMENT REVIEW

Australia

Philip Chronican

The Australia Division comprises the Retail and Corporate and Commercial Banking (C&CB) business units.

Cash profit – March 2014 Half Year v March 2013 Half Year

==> picture [503 x 157] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

148
(25)
(17) 1,479
(36)
1,409
$m
1H13 Net interest income Operating expenses Credit impairment charge Income tax expense & 1H14
Cash profit non-controlling interests Cash profit
----- End of picture text -----

Banking on Australia Transformation Program

Our “Banking on Australia” program is transforming the business to position ANZ for growth in a changing environment. We are building our lead in digital and mobile channels to enhance the customer experience, expand our reach and deepen customer loyalty by making it easier for our customers to bank with us, while delivering a lower cost to serve. We are transforming our distribution networks to focus on sales and bringing the whole of ANZ to our customers, reducing branch footprint costs, building our contact centre capability and improving frontline banker effectiveness. Compared to the March 2013 half year the expense to income ratio reduced by 78 bps to 37.3%.

We are improving the customer experience by providing flexible banking options for our customers. ANZ goMoney[TM] continues to be the leading mobile offering in the market with $78 billion in transactions processed since launch in September 2010, the number of ANZ FastPay[TM] transactions has increased at a compound monthly rate of 43% since its launch in October 2012 and all C&CB frontline bankers are enabled with mobility tools (iPads). 85 branches have been transformed to a sales focused format and 400 Smart ATMs rolled out across the network, resulting in 26% of targeted transactions being migrated from branches to these ATMs. Customer complaints have reduced 24% since the start of the “Banking on Australia” program in October 2012.

Retail continues to perform well underpinned by strong volumes and active margin management, a continued focus on productivity and a disciplined approach to credit quality. ANZ has grown Home Loans at above system levels for 17 consecutive quarters[1] and 53% of Home Loans were sold through our proprietary channels (v 51% March 2013 half year). ANZ also grew deposits at above system levels.

Despite a subdued middle market business environment and customer de-leveraging, C&CB lending grew 3% compared to March 2013 half year. The small business segment is performing strongly with lending up 16%, aided by ANZ’s $2 billion lending pledge. Other business foundations remain strong with deposits growing 8% and cross-sell revenue increasing 4% through sales of retail and wealth products to our customer base. Customer numbers[2] have increased by approximately 26,000 and we are now equal first in customer satisfaction[3] . We are continuing to leverage ANZ’s Super Regional advantage with cross border referrals up 120% since the March 2013 half year. Cost discipline has been maintained and our underlying asset quality remains sound.

March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

Cash profit increased 5%, with 4% income growth, a 2% increase in expenses and a 4% increase in credit impairment charges. Key factors affecting the result were:

  • Net interest income increased 5% driven by a 7% rise in average net loans and advances from above system home loan growth and strong growth in Small Business Banking. Net interest margin contracted 5 bps, with increased lending competition outweighing the benefits of disciplined deposit pricing.

  • Operating expenses increased by 2%. Increased personnel expenses, Banking on Australia investment and volume growth were partly offset by productivity gains.

  • Credit impairment charges increased by 4%, driven primarily by a higher collective provision charge as a result of lending growth and an increase in the economic cycle provision. Individual provisions increased slightly, with increases in Corporate Banking and Esanda largely offset by improvements in Business Banking, and Retail from improved Home Loan asset realisations and lower delinquencies in Cards and Payments.

March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

Cash profit increased 2% in the half, with 1% income growth, a 1% increase in expenses and a 7% decline in credit impairment charges. Key factors affecting the result were:

  • Net interest income increased 1% driven by a 3% increase in average net loans and advances (from above system home loan growth), partially offset by subdued C&CB lending conditions. Net interest margin contracted 3 bps, reflecting increased lending competition, partially offset by disciplined deposit pricing.

  • Operating expenses increased 1%. Increased personnel expenses, Banking on Australia investment and volume growth were partly offset by lower discretionary expenditure and productivity gains.

  • Credit impairment charges decreased 7% driven by lower individual provisions in Retail from improved Home Loan asset realisations and lower delinquencies in Cards and Payments. In C&CB, increased individual provisions in Corporate Banking were more than offset by improvements across all other C&CB segments.

  • 1

Source: APRA Monthly Banking Statistics 12 months to Mar-14.

  • 2 Customer numbers exclude Esanda.

  • 3 Source: DBM, Business Financial Services Monitor, ranked against other ‘Big 4’ banks, commercial Banking includes majority of businesses with turnover <$100 million, data sourced in the 6 months to March 2014.

44

SEGMENT REVIEW

Australia

Philip Chronican

Australia Total

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 3,429
3,389
3,281
1%
5%
Other operating income 588
602
588
-2%
0%
Operating income 4,017
3,991
3,869
1%
4%
Operating expenses (1,500)
(1,492)
(1,475)
1%
2%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 2,517
2,499
2,394
1%
5%
Credit impairment charge (403)
(434)
(386)
-7%
4%
Profit before tax 2,114
2,065
2,008
2%
5%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (635)
(616)
(599)
3%
6%
Cash profit 1,479
1,449
1,409
2%
5%
Consisting of:

Retail
933
902
827
3%
13%
Corporate and Commercial Banking 546
547
586
0%
-7%
Other -
-
(4)
n/a
large
Cash profit 1,479
1,449
1,409
2%
5%
Balance Sheet
Net loans & advances 278,279
271,589
262,065
2%
6%
Other external assets 2,912
2,736
2,886
6%
1%
External assets 281,191
274,325
264,951
3%
6%
Customer deposits 156,310
152,371
145,535
3%
7%
Other external liabilities 12,330
13,397
14,636
-8%
-16%
External liabilities 168,640
165,768
160,171
2%
5%
Risk weighted assets 109,839
109,596
105,523
0%
4%
Average net loans and advances 274,910
266,956
257,914
3%
7%
Average deposits and other borrowings 155,314
148,675
144,277
4%
8%
Ratios
Return on assets 1.07%
1.07%
1.08%
Net interest margin 2.48%
2.51%
2.53%
Operating expenses to operating income 37.3%
37.4%
38.1%
Operating expenses to average assets 1.08%
1.10%
1.14%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 374
401
370
-7%
1%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average net advances 0.27%
0.30%
0.29%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) 29
33
16
-12%
81%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average net advances 0.02%
0.02%
0.01%
Net impaired assets 717
939
1,016
-24%
-29%
Net impaired assets as a % of net advances 0.26%
0.35%
0.39%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)1 14,735
14,623
14,551
1%
1%

1. Comparative information has been restated to include technology contractors, consistent with how FTE are reported and managed internally.

45

SEGMENT REVIEW

Australia

Philip Chronican

**Individual credit impairment charge/(release) ** Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Retail 170
198
186
-14%
-9%
Home Loans 13
23
22
-43%
-41%
Cards & Payments 149
165
155
-10%
-4%
Deposits1 8
10
9
-20%
-11%
Corporate and Commercial Banking 204
203
184
0%
11%
Corporate Banking 70
(16)
13
large
large
Esanda 70
73
53
-4%
32%
Regional Business Banking 21
53
43
-60%
-51%
Business Banking 4
43
33
-91%
-88%
Small Business Banking 39
50
42
-22%
-7%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 374
401
370
-7%
1%
**Collective credit impairment charge/(release) ** Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
**Retail ** 10
-
19
n/a
-47%
Home Loans 9
7
5
29%
80%
Cards & Payments (1)
(7)
15
-86%
large
Deposits2 2
-
(1)
n/a
large
**Corporate and Commercial Banking ** 19
33
(3)
-42%
large
Corporate Banking 10
18
(6)
-44%
large
Esanda (2)
6
(2)
large
0%
Regional Business Banking (4)
6
(8)
large
-50%
Business Banking 2
-
4
n/a
-50%
Small Business Banking 13
3
9
large
44%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) 29
33
16
-12%
81%
Total credit impairment charge/(release) 403
434
386
-7%
4%

1. Represents individual credit impairment charge/(release) on Overdraft balances.

2. Represents collective credit impairment charge/(release) on Overdraft balances.

46

SEGMENT REVIEW

Australia

Philip Chronican

Net loans & advances As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Retail 213,112
206,269
198,883
3%
7%
Home Loans 201,646
194,991
187,920
3%
7%
Cards & Payments 11,370
11,184
10,894
2%
4%
Other 96
94
69
2%
39%
Corporate and Commercial Banking 65,167
65,320
63,182
0%
3%
Corporate Banking 9,074
9,466
9,296
-4%
-2%
Esanda 16,297
16,503
16,352
-1%
0%
Regional Business Banking 11,955
12,121
11,373
-1%
5%
Business Banking 16,525
16,628
16,403
-1%
1%
Small Business Banking 11,316
10,602
9,758
7%
16%
Net loans & advances 278,279
271,589
262,065
2%
6%
Customer deposits As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Mar 14
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Retail 109,376
106,998
101,986
2%
7%
Home Loans 16,308
15,114
14,093
8%
16%
Cards & Payments 326
343
322
-5%
1%
Deposits 92,742
91,541
87,571
1%
6%
**Corporate and Commercial Banking1 ** 46,934
45,373
43,549
3%
8%
Esanda 1
19
66
-95%
-98%
Regional Business Banking 4,955
4,926
5,059
1%
-2%
Business Banking 13,185
12,618
12,331
4%
7%
Small Business Banking 28,793
27,810
26,093
4%
10%
Customer deposits 156,310
152,371
145,535
3%
7%

1. Corporate Banking deposits are included in the International and Institutional Banking division deposits.

47

SEGMENT REVIEW

Australia

Philip Chronican

Retail

Retail
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 2,066
2,014
1,915
3%
8%
Other operating income 449
459
453
-2%
-1%
Operating income 2,515
2,473
2,368
2%
6%
Operating expenses (1,002)
(993)
(981)
1%
2%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,513
1,480
1,387
2%
9%
Credit impairment charge (180)
(198)
(205)
-9%
-12%
Profit before tax 1,333
1,282
1,182
4%
13%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (400)
(380)
(355)
5%
13%
Cash profit 933
902
827
3%
13%
Risk weighted assets 54,950
53,143
50,801
3%
8%
Half Year
Movement
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Home Loans 13
23
22
-43%
-41%
Cards & Payments 149
165
155
-10%
-4%
Deposits1 8
10
9
-20%
-11%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 170
198
186
-14%
-9%
1.
Represents individual credit impairment charge/(release) on Overdraft balances.
**Collective credit impairment charge/(release) **
Home Loans 9
7
5
29%
80%
Cards & Payments (1)
(7)
15
-86%
Large
Deposits2 2
-
(1)
n/a
Large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) 10
-
19
n/a
-47%
Total credit impairment charge/(release) 180
198
205
-9%
-12%

2. Represents collective impairment charge/(release) on Overdraft balances.

As at ($M)
Movement
Net loans & advances Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Home Loans 201,646
194,991
187,920
3%
7%
Cards & Payments 11,370
11,184
10,894
2%
4%
Other 96
94
69
2%
39%
Net loans & advances 213,112
206,269
198,883
3%
7%
Customer deposits
Home Loans 16,308
15,114
14,093
8%
16%
Cards & Payments 326
343
322
-5%
1%
Deposits 92,742
91,541
87,571
1%
6%
Customer deposits 109,376
106,998
101,986
2%
7%

48

SEGMENT REVIEW

Australia

Philip Chronican

Corporate and Commercial Banking
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 1,363
1,375
1,366
-1%
0%
Other external operating income 139
143
135
-3%
3%
Operating income 1,502
1,518
1,501
-1%
0%
Operating expenses (498)
(499)
(489)
0%
2%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,004
1,019
1,012
-1%
-1%
Credit impairment charge (223)
(236)
(181)
-6%
23%
Profit before tax 781
783
831
0%
-6%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (235)
(236)
(245)
0%
-4%
Cash profit 546
547
586
0%
-7%
Risk weighted assets 53,716
55,289
53,606
-3%
0%
Half Year
Movement
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Corporate Banking 70
(16)
13
large
large
Esanda 70
73
53
-4%
32%
Regional Business Banking 21
53
43
-60%
-51%
Business Banking 4
43
33
-91%
-88%
Small Business Banking 39
50
42
-22%
-7%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 204
203
184
0%
11%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release)
Corporate Banking 10
18
(6)
-44%
large
Esanda (2)
6
(2)
large
0%
Regional Business Banking (4)
6
(8)
large
-50%
Business Banking 2
-
4
n/a
-50%
Small Business Banking 13
3
9
large
44%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) 19
33
(3)
-42%
large
Total credit impairment charge/(release) 223
236
181
-6%
23%
As at ($M)
Movement
Net loans & advances Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Corporate Banking 9,074
9,466
9,296
-4%
-2%
Esanda 16,297
16,503
16,352
-1%
0%
Regional Business Banking 11,955
12,121
11,373
-1%
5%
Business Banking 16,525
16,628
16,403
-1%
1%
Small Business Banking 11,316
10,602
9,758
7%
16%
Net loans & advances 65,167
65,320
63,182
0%
3%
**Customer deposits1 **
Esanda 1
19
66
-95%
-98%
Regional Business Banking 4,955
4,926
5,059
1%
-2%
Business Banking 13,185
12,618
12,331
4%
7%
Small Business Banking 28,793
27,810
26,093
4%
10%
Customer deposits 46,934
45,373
43,549
3%
8%

1. Corporate Banking deposits are included in the International and Institutional Banking division deposits.

49

SEGMENT REVIEW

International and Institutional Banking Andrew Geczy

The International and Institutional Banking division comprises Global Institutional, Retail Asia Pacific and Asia Partnerships business units, along with Relationship & Infrastructure.

Cash profit – March 2014 Half Year v March 2013 Half Year

==> picture [503 x 160] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

97
208
23 1,372
(142) (22)
1,208
$m
1H13 Net interest income Other operating Operating expenses Credit impairment Income tax expense & 1H14
Cash profit income charge non-controlling Cash profit
interests
----- End of picture text -----

International and Institutional Banking’s result demonstrates the continuing development of a profitable franchise in Asia (with cash profit in APEA increasing by 43% from the March 2013 half), delivery of our product and geographic diversification strategy and ongoing focus on improving portfolio credit quality.

Our continued expansion into Asia is illustrated by APEA now accounting for 79% of the division’s employees, serving 2 million customers and generating $653 million of cash profit. The build of scale and capability in Asia has allowed us to access stronger system growth in Asian markets, compared to the more constrained business environments in Australia and New Zealand. IIB is a significant contributor to the Group’s net funding.

  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

Cash profit increased by 14% (9% FX adjusted), with a significant increase in operating income in Global Markets and Transaction Banking and a reduction in credit impairment being partially offset by higher operating expenses.

Key factors affecting the result were:

  • Net interest income increased 12% (7% FX adjusted), driven by growth mainly in targeted products in Transaction Banking and Global Markets. Average deposits were 18% higher and average net loans and advances increased 20%, with growth across all regions, particularly APEA. Net interest margin declined by 10 basis points, driven by price competition (particularly in Australia) and growth focused on higher credit quality in Global Loans, movements in the structured trade finance mix to lower risk products with tighter margins and lower earnings on capital, partially offset by the impact of the management of the Group’s liquidity portfolio and derivative positions within Global Markets.

  • Other operating income increased by 6% (0% FX adjusted), driven by volume increases across most lines of business. Fee income increased in Transaction Banking and Global Loans. Investment and insurance income increased in Retail Asia Pacific, and Asia Partnerships recorded better underlying income as well as a gain arising from the dilution of our Bank of Tianjin stake.

  • Operating expenses increased 10%. FX adjusted operating expenses increased 3% reflecting productivity gains and investment in targeted growth areas.

  • Credit impairment charges decreased 13%. Collective credit impairment releases due to counterparty credit rating upgrades, provisions no longer required and crystallisation of individual provisions, were partially offset by an increase in economic cycle provision for exposures impacted by global commodity prices and higher individual credit impairment charges in Transaction Banking and Global Markets.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

Cash profit increased by 10% (9% FX adjusted), driven primarily by an increase in operating income in Global Markets and Transaction Banking, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses and credit impairments.

Key factors affecting the result were:

  • Net interest income increased 5% (3% FX adjusted), driven by Global Markets and Transaction Banking. Average deposits were 10% higher and average net loans and advances increased 9%, with growth concentrated largely in APEA and Australia. Net interest margin declined by 3 basis points driven by price competition (particularly in Australia) and growth focused on higher credit quality in Global Loans, movements in the structured trade finance mix to lower risk products with tighter margins and lower earnings on capital, partially offset by the impact of the management of the Group’s liquidity portfolio and derivative positions within Global Markets.

  • Other operating income increased 13% (12% FX adjusted), driven by Global Markets from higher FX sales revenue, favourable trading conditions in the March 2014 half and strong demand for FX hedging products in the APEA region. Transaction Banking improved mainly due to volume driven growth in trade fee income.

  • Operating expenses increased 4%. FX adjusted operating expenses were 3% higher reflecting productivity gains and investment in targeted growth areas.

  • Credit impairment charges increased 21%, due to higher individual credit impairment charges in Transaction Banking and Global Markets, partially offset by collective provision releases relating to the crystallisation of individual provisions, counterparty credit rating upgrades and releases of provisions no longer required.

50

SEGMENT REVIEW

International and Institutional Banking Andrew Geczy

International and Institutional Banking Total

International and Institutional Banking Total
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 1,993
1,906
1,785
5%
12%
Other operating income 1,599
1,409
1,502
13%
6%
Operating income 3,592
3,315
3,287
8%
9%
Operating expenses (1,598)
(1,531)
(1,456)
4%
10%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,994
1,784
1,831
12%
9%
Credit impairment charge (161)
(133)
(184)
21%
-13%
Profit before income tax 1,833
1,651
1,647
11%
11%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (461)
(407)
(439)
13%
5%
Cash profit 1,372
1,244
1,208
10%
14%
Consisting of:

Global Institutional
1,142
1,065
1,011
7%
13%
Asia Partnerships 239
221
194
8%
23%
Retail Asia Pacific 43
22
27
95%
59%
Relationship & Infrastructure (52)
(64)
(24)
-19%
large
Cash profit 1,372
1,244
1,208
10%
14%
Balance Sheet
Net loans & advances 136,343
123,472
114,460
10%
19%
Other external assets 178,670
173,050
170,983
3%
4%
External assets 315,013
296,522
285,443
6%
10%
Customer deposits 172,023
163,151
151,847
5%
13%
Other deposits and borrowings 38,172
33,643
37,053
13%
3%
Deposits and other borrowings 210,195
196,794
188,900
7%
11%
Other external liabilities 62,165
57,910
54,713
7%
14%
External liabilities 272,360
254,704
243,613
7%
12%
Risk weighted assets 189,945
174,602
166,303
9%
14%
Average net loans and advances 132,129
120,912
110,331
9%
20%
Average deposits and other borrowings 216,062
195,535
182,389
10%
18%
Ratios
Return on assets 0.87%
0.83%
0.88%
Net interest margin 1.55%
1.58%
1.65%
Net interest margin (excluding Global Markets) 2.49%
2.65%
2.81%
Operating expenses to operating income 44.5%
46.2%
44.3%
Operating expenses to average assets 1.01%
1.02%
1.06%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 215
113
167
90%
29%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average net advances 0.32%
0.19%
0.30%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (54)
20
17
large
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average net advances (0.08%)
0.03%
0.03%
Net impaired assets 975
1,326
1,401
-26%
-30%
Net impaired assets as a % of net advances 0.72%
1.07%
1.22%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)1 13,040
13,196
13,312
-1%
-2%

1. Comparative information has been restated to include technology contractors, consistent with how FTE are reported and managed internally.

51

SEGMENT REVIEW

International and Institutional Banking

Andrew Geczy

International and Institutional Banking by Geography

International and Institutional Banking by Geography
Half Year
Movement
Australia Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 1,002
982
936
2%
7%
Other operating income 442
459
575
-4%
-23%
Operating income 1,444
1,441
1,511
0%
-4%
Operating expenses (551)
(551)
(551)
0%
0%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 893
890
960
0%
-7%
Credit impairment charge (77)
(33)
(80)
large
-4%
Profit before income tax 816
857
880
-5%
-7%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (246)
(251)
(264)
-2%
-7%
Cash profit 570
606
616
-6%
-7%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 81
12
77
large
5%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (4)
21
3
large
large
Net loans & advances 55,106
49,528
49,483
11%
11%
Customer deposits 60,891
56,881
52,115
7%
17%
Asia Pacific, Europe and America
Net interest income 831
775
706
7%
18%
Other operating income 1,028
865
804
19%
28%
Operating income 1,859
1,640
1,510
13%
23%
Operating expenses (962)
(897)
(826)
7%
16%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 897
743
684
21%
31%
Credit impairment charge (85)
(89)
(99)
-4%
-14%
Profit before income tax 812
654
585
24%
39%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (159)
(118)
(127)
35%
25%
Cash profit 653
536
458
22%
43%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 127
92
87
38%
46%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (42)
(3)
12
large
large
Net loans & advances 74,798
67,689
59,282
11%
26%
Customer deposits 98,402
94,199
89,442
4%
10%
New Zealand
Net interest income 160
149
143
7%
12%
Other operating income 129
85
123
52%
5%
Operating income 289
234
266
24%
9%
Operating expenses (85)
(83)
(79)
2%
8%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 204
151
187
35%
9%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 1
(11)
(5)
large
large
Profit before income tax 205
140
182
46%
13%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (56)
(38)
(48)
47%
17%
Cash profit 149
102
134
46%
11%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 7
9
3
-22%
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (8)
2
2
large
large
Net loans & advances 6,439
6,255
5,695
3%
13%
Customer deposits 12,730
12,071
10,290
5%
24%

52

SEGMENT REVIEW

International and Institutional Banking

Andrew Geczy

Individual credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Retail Asia Pacific 38
38
23
0%
65%
Global Institutional 174
74
144
large
21%
Transaction Banking 101
11
15
large
large
Global Loans 52
64
122
-19%
-57%
Global Markets 21
(1)
7
large
large
Relationship & Infrastructure 3
1
-
large
n/a
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 215
113
167
90%
29%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Retail Asia Pacific (31)
(20)
(6)
55%
large
Global Institutional (21)
39
21
large
large
Transaction Banking 18
9
10
100%
80%
Global Loans (40)
31
8
large
large
Global Markets 1
(1)
3
large
-67%
Relationship & Infrastructure (2)
1
2
large
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (54)
20
17
large
large
Total credit impairment charge/(release) 161
133
184
21%
-13%
Net loans & advances As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Retail Asia Pacific 7,851
7,222
5,694
9%
38%
Global Institutional 126,503
114,532
107,451
10%
18%
Transaction Banking 30,772
28,775
26,277
7%
17%
Global Loans 80,459
72,625
69,348
11%
16%
Global Markets 15,272
13,132
11,826
16%
29%
Relationship & Infrastructure 1,989
1,718
1,315
16%
51%
Net loans & advances 136,343
123,472
114,460
10%
19%
Customer deposits As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Mar 14
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Retail Asia Pacific 13,336
12,916
10,932
3%
22%
Global Institutional 157,084
148,716
139,547
6%
13%
Transaction Banking 79,689
74,641
62,511
7%
27%
Global Loans 889
730
722
22%
23%
Global Markets 76,506
73,345
76,314
4%
0%
Relationship & Infrastructure 1,603
1,519
1,368
6%
17%
Customer deposits 172,023
163,151
151,847
5%
13%

53

SEGMENT REVIEW

International and Institutional Banking Andrew Geczy

Global Institutional

Global Institutional
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 1,730
1,656
1,551
4%
12%
Other operating income 1,161
991
1,136
17%
2%
Operating income 2,891
2,647
2,687
9%
8%
Operating expenses (1,163)
(1,082)
(1,115)
7%
4%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,728
1,565
1,572
10%
10%
Credit impairment charge (153)
(113)
(165)
35%
-7%
Profit before income tax 1,575
1,452
1,407
8%
12%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (433)
(387)
(396)
12%
9%
Cash profit 1,142
1,065
1,011
7%
13%
Consisting of:

Transaction Banking
228
303
255
-25%
-11%
Global Loans 433
398
357
9%
21%
Global Markets 481
364
399
32%
21%
Cash profit 1,142
1,065
1,011
7%
13%
Balance Sheet
Net loans & advances 126,503
114,532
107,451
10%
18%
Other external assets 171,924
166,648
166,054
3%
4%
External assets 298,427
281,180
273,505
6%
9%
Customer deposits 157,084
148,716
139,547
6%
13%
Other deposits and borrowings 38,168
33,636
37,045
13%
3%
Deposits and other borrowings 195,252
182,352
176,592
7%
11%
Other external liabilities 60,945
56,994
53,964
7%
13%
External liabilities 256,197
239,346
230,556
7%
11%
Risk weighted assets 180,445
165,922
158,117
9%
14%
Average net loans and advances 122,457
112,681
103,749
9%
18%
Average deposits and other borrowings 201,211
181,940
170,086
11%
18%
Ratios
Return on assets 0.76%
0.75%
0.77%
Net interest margin 1.40%
1.42%
1.48%
Net interest margin (excluding Global Markets) 2.23%
2.38%
2.51%
Operating expenses to operating income 40.2%
40.9%
41.5%
Operating expenses to average assets 0.78%
0.76%
0.85%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 174
74
144
large
21%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average net advances 0.28%
0.13%
0.28%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (21)
39
21
large
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average net advances (0.03%)
0.07%
0.04%
Net impaired assets 877
1,237
1,351
-28%
-35%
Net impaired assets as a % of net advances 0.69%
1.08%
1.26%

54

SEGMENT REVIEW

International and Institutional Banking Andrew Geczy

Global Institutional by Product

Global Institutional by Product
Half Year
Movement
Transaction Banking Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 442
425
385
4%
15%
Other operating income 373
359
348
4%
7%
Operating income 815
784
733
4%
11%
Operating expenses (379)
(355)
(352)
7%
8%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 436
429
381
2%
14%
Credit impairment charge (119)
(20)
(25)
large
large
Profit before income tax 317
409
356
-22%
-11%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (89)
(106)
(101)
-16%
-12%
Cash profit 228
303
255
-25%
-11%
Risk weighted assets 37,918
35,590
34,834
7%
9%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 101
11
15
large
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) 18
9
10
100%
80%
Net loans & advances 30,772
28,775
26,277
7%
17%
Customer deposits 79,689
74,641
62,511
7%
27%
Global Loans
Net interest income 765
790
790
-3%
-3%
Other operating income 68
65
45
5%
51%
Operating income 833
855
835
-3%
0%
Operating expenses (222)
(209)
(209)
6%
6%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 611
646
626
-5%
-2%
Credit impairment charge (12)
(95)
(130)
-87%
-91%
Profit before income tax 599
551
496
9%
21%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (166)
(153)
(139)
8%
19%
Cash profit 433
398
357
9%
21%
Risk weighted assets 87,788
81,215
74,992
8%
17%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 52
64
122
-19%
-57%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (40)
31
8
large
large
Net loans & advances 80,459
72,625
69,348
11%
16%
Customer deposits 889
730
722
22%
23%
Global Markets
Net interest income 523
441
376
19%
39%
Other operating income 720
567
743
27%
-3%
Operating income 1,243
1,008
1,119
23%
11%
Operating expenses (562)
(518)
(554)
8%
1%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 681
490
565
39%
21%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (22)
2
(10)
large
large
Profit before income tax 659
492
555
34%
19%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (178)
(128)
(156)
39%
14%
Cash profit 481
364
399
32%
21%
Risk weighted assets 54,739
49,117
48,291
11%
13%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 21
(1)
7
large
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) 1
(1)
3
large
-67%
Net loans & advances 15,272
13,132
11,826
16%
29%
Customer deposits 76,506
73,345
76,314
4%
0%

55

SEGMENT REVIEW

International and Institutional Banking

Andrew Geczy

Analysis of Global Markets operating income
Half Year
Movement
Composition of Global Markets
operating income by product class
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Fixed income 504
330
472
53%
7%
Foreign exchange 526
460
414
14%
27%
Capital markets 118
104
122
13%
-3%
Other 95
114
111
-17%
-14%
Global Markets operating income 1,243
1,008
1,119
23%
11%
Half Year
Movement
Composition of Global Markets Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
operating income by geography $M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Australia 493
461
527
7%
-6%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 602
451
451
33%
33%
New Zealand 148
96
141
54%
5%
Global Markets operating income 1,243
1,008
1,119
23%
11%
Half Year
Movement
Composition of Global Markets
operating income by activity
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Sales1 635
590
561
8%
13%
Trading2 322
254
302
27%
7%
Balance sheet3 286
164
256
74%
12%
Global Markets operating income 1,243
1,008
1,119
23%
11%
Half Year
Movement
Composition of Global Markets Sales income Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
**by geography1 **
Australia 248
236
253
5%
-2%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 318
287
259
11%
23%
New Zealand 69
67
49
3%
41%
Global Markets Sales income 635
590
561
8%
13%
Half Year
Movement
Composition of Global Markets Trading and Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Balance Sheet income by geography2,3
Australia 245
225
274
9%
-11%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 284
164
192
73%
48%
New Zealand 79
29
92
large
-14%
Global Markets
Trading and Balance Sheet income
608
418
558
45%
9%

1. Sales represents direct client flow business on core products such as fixed income, FX, commodities and capital markets.

2. Trading primarily represents management of the Group’s strategic positions and those taken as part of direct client sales flow.

3.

Balance sheet represents hedging of interest rate risk on the Group’s loan and deposit books and the management of the Group’s liquidity portfolio.

56

SEGMENT REVIEW

International and Institutional Banking

Andrew Geczy

Analysis of Global Markets operating income

Global Markets continues to benefit from its expansion into APEA, which now accounts for 48% of operating income. Across the APEA region, particularly Asia, there is significant customer demand for foreign exchange and commodity products.

Improvements in the New Zealand economy have created favourable trading conditions that have driven growth across the Fixed Income business.

Operating income from Australia decreased 6% relative to the prior comparable period, as movements in interest rates and credit spreads resulted in reduced levels of fixed income trading gains being recorded as well as decreased levels of debt capital markets activity as customers preferred loans to fixed income instruments.

  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

  • In relatively similar trading conditions the customer franchise was the key driver in increasing revenue by 11%:

  • Sales growth continues to be propelled by foreign exchange and commodity products.

  • APEA operating income increased 33%, driven by strong growth across the foreign exchange business, with high levels of customer demand in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan.

  • Although credit spreads have tightened, the magnitude relative to the March 2013 half is not as significant when compared to September 2013.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

  • A sustained period of strong client acquisition and favourable trading conditions has increased revenue by 23%:

  • The increase in sales revenues (including Capital Markets) are mainly attributable to the foreign exchange business where the weakening AUD and higher CNY volatility have led to increased customer hedging activity.

  • APEA operating income increased 33%, driven by strong demand for foreign exchange hedging and precious metals products.

  • Further tightening of credit spreads has benefited the Fixed Income business in Australia and New Zealand.

57

SEGMENT REVIEW

International and Institutional Banking Andrew Geczy

Market risk

Traded market risk

Below are aggregate Value at Risk (VaR) exposures at 99% confidence level covering both physical and derivatives trading positions for the Bank’s principal trading centres. All figures are in AUD.

99% confidence level (1 day holding period)
As at High for Low for Avg for As at High for Low for Avg for
Mar 14 period period period Sep 13 year year year
Mar 14 Mar 14 Mar 14 Sep 13 Sep 13 Sep 13
$M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M
Value at Risk at 99% confidence
Foreign exchange 8.4 13.5 2.8 6.9 3.0 12.6 2.3 5.2
Interest rate 9.5 16.6 3.2 7.7 3.9 11.6 2.8 5.8
Credit 2.8 5.2 2.8 3.9 4.2 8.6 2.8 4.2
Commodities 1.2 2.1 1.1 1.5 1.6 4.2 1.2 2.3
Equity 0.7 2.2 0.4 1.0 1.4 3.4 0.6 1.6
Diversification benefit (7.4) n/a n/a (9.3) (8.5) n/a n/a (10.4)
Total VaR 15.2 18.0 5.5 11.7 5.6 13.6 4.9 8.7

Non-traded interest rate risk

Non-traded interest rate risk is managed by Global Markets and relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on future net interest income for the Group. Interest rate risk is reported using various techniques including VaR and scenario analysis to a 1% rate shock.

99% confidence level (1 day holding period)

As at High for Low for Avg for As at High for Low for Avg for
Mar 14 period period period Sep 13 year year year
Mar 14 Mar 14 Mar 14 Sep 13 Sep 13 Sep 13
$M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M
Value at Risk at 99% confidence
Australia 54.3 64.5 52.0 57.9 66.3 71.8 25.5 49.3
New Zealand 10.9 11.4 10.1 10.9 12.6 17.9 10.0 13.2
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 10.4 10.6 9.3 10.0 9.7 11.1 4.2 6.3
Diversification benefit (19.3) n/a n/a (12.8) (11.4) n/a n/a (16.1)
Total VaR 56.3 76.3 56.3 66.0 77.2 79.6 27.3 52.7

Impact of 1% rate shock on the next 12 months’ net interest income[1 ]

As at
Mar 14 Sep 13
As at period end 0.76% 1.00%
Maximum exposure 1.51% 1.72%
Minimum exposure 0.76% 1.00%
Average exposure (in absolute terms) 1.14% 1.29%

1. The impact is expressed as a percentage of net interest income. A positive result indicates that a rate increase is positive for net interest income. Conversely, a negative indicates a rate increase is negative for net interest income.

58

SEGMENT REVIEW

International and Institutional Banking Andrew Geczy

Global Institutional by Geography

Global Institutional by Geography
Half Year
Movement
Australia Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 1,001
980
934
2%
7%
Other operating income 442
459
575
-4%
-23%
Operating income 1,443
1,439
1,509
0%
-4%
Operating expenses (544)
(537)
(574)
1%
-5%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 899
902
935
0%
-4%
Credit impairment charge (77)
(33)
(80)
large
-4%
Profit before income tax 822
869
855
-5%
-4%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (248)
(254)
(256)
-2%
-3%
Cash profit 574
615
599
-7%
-4%
Risk weighted assets 83,814
79,118
79,711
6%
5%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 81
11
77
large
5%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (4)
22
3
large
large
Net loans & advances 55,106
49,527
49,483
11%
11%
Customer deposits 60,890
56,881
52,115
7%
17%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America
Net interest income 569
528
474
8%
20%
Other operating income 590
449
437
31%
35%
Operating income 1,159
977
911
19%
27%
Operating expenses (530)
(462)
(462)
15%
15%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 629
515
449
22%
40%
Credit impairment charge (77)
(69)
(80)
12%
-4%
Profit before income tax 552
446
369
24%
50%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (129)
(95)
(91)
36%
42%
Cash profit 423
351
278
21%
52%
Risk weighted assets 83,495
75,080
67,771
11%
23%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 86
54
64
59%
34%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (9)
15
16
large
large
Net loans & advances 64,960
58,751
52,273
11%
24%
Customer deposits 83,464
79,765
77,142
5%
8%
New Zealand
Net interest income 160
148
143
8%
12%
Other operating income 129
83
124
55%
4%
Operating income 289
231
267
25%
8%
Operating expenses (89)
(83)
(79)
7%
13%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 200
148
188
35%
6%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 1
(11)
(5)
large
large
Profit before income tax 201
137
183
47%
10%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (56)
(38)
(49)
47%
14%
Cash profit 145
99
134
46%
8%
Risk weighted assets 13,136
11,724
10,635
12%
24%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 7
9
3
-22%
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (8)
2
2
large
large
Net loans & advances 6,437
6,254
5,695
3%
13%
Customer deposits 12,730
12,070
10,290
5%
24%

59

SEGMENT REVIEW

International and Institutional Banking Andrew Geczy

Retail Asia Pacific

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 225
218
206
3%
9%
Other operating income 177
165
159
7%
11%
Operating income 402
383
365
5%
10%
Operating expenses (345)
(337)
(313)
2%
10%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 57
46
52
24%
10%
Credit impairment charge (7)
(18)
(17)
-61%
-59%
Profit before income tax 50
28
35
79%
43%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (7)
(6)
(8)
17%
-13%
Cash profit 43
22
27
95%
59%
Risk weighted assets 6,747
6,359
6,857
6%
-2%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 38
38
23
0%
65%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (31)
(20)
(6)
55%
large
Net loans & advances 7,851
7,222
5,694
9%
38%
Customer deposits 13,336
12,916
10,932
3%
22%

Asia Partnerships

Asia Partnerships
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income (8)
(7)
(6)
14%
33%
Other operating income 252
236
206
7%
22%
Operating income 244
229
200
7%
22%
Operating expenses (4)
(5)
(4)
-20%
0%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 240
224
196
7%
22%
Credit impairment charge -
-
-
n/a
n/a
Profit before income tax 240
224
196
7%
22%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (1)
(3)
(2)
-67%
-50%
Cash profit 239
221
194
8%
23%

60

SEGMENT REVIEW

This page has been left blank intentionally

61

SEGMENT REVIEW

New Zealand David Hisco

The New Zealand division comprises Retail and Commercial business units.

New Zealand’s results and commentary are reported in NZD. AUD results are shown on page 67.

Cash profit – March 2014 Half Year v March 2013 Half Year

==> picture [502 x 158] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

73
598
33 (40)
46
NZD m 494 (8)
1H13 Net interest income Other operating Operating expenses Credit impairment Income tax expense 1H14
Cash profit income charge & non-controlling Cash profit
interests
----- End of picture text -----

The completion of brand and systems integration in 2013 has positioned the New Zealand division to realise ongoing productivity gains. We are continuing to simplify the business and leverage scale. Productivity has given the business the capacity to invest in growth. We are investing in our digital channels, optimising our branch network and simplifying products and processes. We are enhancing the experience for our customers, and making it easier for them to do business with us.

We are growing our market share in target segments, and in the March 2014 half we grew both lending and deposits in excess of system[1] . At the same time we are improving the quality of our portfolio. We have created a platform for consistent, sustainable earnings growth.

Retail

Sound execution of the ‘simplify, leverage scale’ strategy is delivering a stronger Retail bank. Our staff are spending more time on the frontline with customers, growing revenue per FTE and per branch, and meeting more needs per customer. We are also achieving good lending growth whilst holding net interest margin in a competitive credit environment.

Commercial

The Commercial business has focused on growing Small Business Banking which continues to achieve above-system lending growth. Resources invested in improving credit quality in CommAgri have resulted in a significantly improved credit provisioning result. This business is now building new momentum in lending growth.

  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

Cash profit increased 21%, driven by lending growth, cost productivity and credit quality improvement.

Key factors affecting the result were:

  • Net interest income increased 4%, driven by lending growth. Average net loans and advances grew 5%, led by above-system growth in mortgages. Net interest margin contracted 2 bps. This was driven by lending competition and unfavourable lending mix as customers continue to favour lower margin fixed rate products over higher margin variable rate products. Return on capital was also lower in a low rate environment. These margin impacts were mostly offset by lower wholesale funding costs and improved deposit margins.

  • Other operating income decreased 4% due to income foregone following the divestment of EFTPOS New Zealand Limited (‘EFTPOS’). Excluding this factor, other operating income increased 4%, reflecting strong growth in credit card earnings.

  • Operating expenses decreased 6%. The March 2013 half included NZD 19 million of restructuring costs relating to the systems integration project. Excluding these costs, operating expenses decreased 2% as productivity gains exceeded inflationary and investment impacts.

  • Credit impairment charge decreased NZD 73 million. The individual credit impairment charge decreased 79% reflecting a slowing in the level of new provisions, particularly in the CommAgri book. The level of write-backs remain high. Although releases from the economic cycle provision decreased by NZD 11 million compared to the March 2013 half, improved credit quality resulted in the collective credit impairment release increasing 41%.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

The above factors have similarly driven a 5% increase in cash profit compared with the September 2013 half.

Key factors affecting the result were:

  • Net interest income increased 2%, with the benefit from strong lending growth more than offsetting the impact of margin contraction. Net interest margin contracted 1 bp due to lending competition and unfavourable lending mix.

  • Other operating income decreased 11% as the September 2013 half included a gain from the divestment of EFTPOS. This impact was partly offset by strong growth in cards income.

  • Operating expenses decreased 1% with productivity gains from business simplification and leveraging business scale more than offsetting inflationary and investment impacts.

  • Credit impairment charge decreased NZD 47 million with the individual credit impairment charge 64% lower. The levels of new provisions have slowed, and write-backs remain high. The collective credit impairment release increased 63% despite lending growth, which reflected strong improvements in credit quality across the lending book.

  • 1 Source: RBNZ schedules S7 and S8 : 5 months to February 2014.

62

SEGMENT REVIEW

New Zealand David Hisco

New Zealand Total

Table reflects NZD for New Zealand AUD results shown on page 67

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
NZD M
Sep 13
NZD M
Mar 13
NZD M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 1,162
1,144
1,116
2%
4%
Other operating income 195
220
203
-11%
-4%
Operating income 1,357
1,364
1,319
-1%
3%
Operating expenses (563)
(571)
(596)
-1%
-6%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 794
793
723
0%
10%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 37
(10)
(36)
large
large
Profit before income tax 831
783
687
6%
21%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (233)
(214)
(193)
9%
21%
Cash profit 598
569
494
5%
21%
Consisting of:
Retail 222
202
177
10%
25%
Commercial 377
369
332
2%
14%
Other (1)
(2)
(15)
-50%
-93%
Cash profit 598
569
494
5%
21%
Balance Sheet
Net loans & advances 94,140
91,628
89,414
3%
5%
Other external assets 4,075
3,903
3,807
4%
7%
External assets 98,215
95,531
93,221
3%
5%
Customer deposits 55,205
52,244
51,650
6%
7%
Other deposits and borrowings 5,401
4,765
4,337
13%
25%
Deposits and other borrowings 60,606
57,009
55,987
6%
8%
Other external liabilities 15,995
15,480
16,515
3%
-3%
External liabilities 76,601
72,489
72,502
6%
6%
Risk weighted assets 53,798
50,049
50,488
7%
7%
Average net loans and advances 92,882
90,326
88,667
3%
5%
Average deposits and other borrowings 59,743
56,817
56,429
5%
6%
Ratios
Return on assets 1.24%
1.21%
1.08%
Net interest margin 2.48%
2.49%
2.50%
Operating expenses to operating income 41.5%
41.9%
45.2%
Operating expenses to average assets 1.17%
1.22%
1.29%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 15
42
73
-64%
-79%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average net advances 0.03%
0.09%
0.17%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (52)
(32)
(37)
63%
41%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average net advances (0.11%)
(0.07%)
(0.08%)
Net impaired assets 477
573
881
-17%
-46%
Net impaired assets as a % of net advances 0.51%
0.63%
0.98%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 7,323
7,400
7,755
-1%
-6%

63

SEGMENT REVIEW

New Zealand David Hisco

Individual credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
NZD M
Sep 13
NZD M
Mar 13
NZD M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Retail 28
37
39
-24%
-28%
Commercial (13)
5
34
large
large
CommAgri (25)
4
28
large
large
Small Business Banking 12
1
6
large
100%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 15
42
73
-64%
-79%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
NZD M
Sep 13
NZD M
Mar 13
NZD M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Retail (16)
(10)
(9)
60%
78%
Commercial (36)
(22)
(28)
64%
29%
CommAgri (33)
(30)
(19)
10%
74%
Small Business Banking (3)
8
(9)
large
-67%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (52)
(32)
(37)
63%
41%
Total credit impairment charge/(release) (37)
10
36
large
large
Net loans & advances As at (NZD M)
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Retail 36,875
36,422
35,806
1%
3%
Commercial 57,265
55,206
53,608
4%
7%
CommAgri 35,429
34,759
34,395
2%
3%
Small Business Banking 21,836
20,447
19,213
7%
14%
Net loans & advances 94,140
91,628
89,414
3%
5%
Customer deposits As at (NZD M)
Movement
Mar 14
Mar 14
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Retail 32,656
32,077
31,392
2%
4%
Commercial 22,549
20,167
20,258
12%
11%
CommAgri 10,832
9,414
9,644
15%
12%
Small Business Banking 11,717
10,753
10,614
9%
10%
Customer deposits 55,205
52,244
51,650
6%
7%

64

SEGMENT REVIEW

New Zealand David Hisco

Retail

Retail
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
NZD M
Sep 13
NZD M
Mar 13
NZD M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 482
475
451
1%
7%
Other operating income 154
152
145
1%
6%
Operating income 636
627
596
1%
7%
Operating expenses (316)
(319)
(320)
-1%
-1%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 320
308
276
4%
16%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (12)
(27)
(30)
-56%
-60%
Profit before income tax 308
281
246
10%
25%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (86)
(79)
(69)
9%
25%
Cash profit 222
202
177
10%
25%
Risk weighted assets 19,271
19,367
19,508
0%
-1%
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
NZD M
Sep 13
NZD M
Mar 13
NZD M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 28
37
39
-24%
-28%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (16)
(10)
(9)
60%
78%
Net loans & advances 36,875
36,422
35,806
1%
3%
Customer deposits 32,656
32,077
31,392
2%
4%

65

SEGMENT REVIEW

New Zealand David Hisco

Commercial

Commercial
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
NZD M
Sep 13
NZD M
Mar 13
NZD M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 672
661
655
2%
3%
Other operating income 47
67
59
-30%
-20%
Operating income 719
728
714
-1%
1%
Operating expenses (244)
(240)
(247)
2%
-1%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 475
488
467
-3%
2%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 49
17
(6)
large
large
Profit before income tax 524
505
461
4%
14%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (147)
(136)
(129)
8%
14%
Cash profit 377
369
332
2%
14%
Risk weighted assets 34,196
30,407
30,797
12%
11%
Half Year
Movement
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) Mar 14
NZD M
Sep 13
NZD M
Mar 13
NZD M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
CommAgri (25)
4
28
large
large
Small Business Banking 12
1
6
large
100%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) (13)
5
34
large
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release)
CommAgri (33)
(30)
(19)
10%
74%
Small Business Banking (3)
8
(9)
large
-67%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (36)
(22)
(28)
64%
29%
Total credit impairment charge/(release) (49)
(17)
6
large
large
As at (NZD M)
Movement
Net loans & advances Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
CommAgri 35,429
34,759
34,395
2%
3%
Small Business Banking 21,836
20,447
19,213
7%
14%
Net loans & advances 57,265
55,206
53,608
4%
7%
Customer deposits
CommAgri 10,832
9,414
9,644
15%
12%
Small Business Banking 11,717
10,753
10,614
9%
10%
Customer deposits 22,549
20,167
20,258
12%
11%

66

SEGMENT REVIEW

New Zealand David Hisco

New Zealand Total

Table reflects AUD for New Zealand NZD results shown on page 63

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 1,061
973
891
9%
19%
Other operating income 178
186
162
-4%
10%
Operating income 1,239
1,159
1,053
7%
18%
Operating expenses (514)
(486)
(475)
6%
8%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 725
673
578
8%
25%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 34
(9)
(28)
large
large
Profit before income tax 759
664
550
14%
38%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (213)
(182)
(154)
17%
38%
Cash profit 546
482
396
13%
38%
Consisting of:

Retail
203
171
142
19%
43%
Commercial 344
313
265
10%
30%
Other (1)
(2)
(11)
-50%
-91%
Cash profit 546
482
396
13%
38%
Balance Sheet
Net loans & advances 88,247
81,542
71,710
8%
23%
Other external assets 3,819
3,473
3,053
10%
25%
External assets 92,066
85,015
74,763
8%
23%
Customer deposits 51,749
46,494
41,423
11%
25%
Other deposits and borrowings 5,063
4,240
3,478
19%
46%
Deposits and other borrowings 56,812
50,734
44,901
12%
27%
Other external liabilities 14,994
13,776
13,246
9%
13%
External liabilities 71,806
64,510
58,147
11%
23%
Risk weighted assets 50,430
44,540
40,491
13%
25%
Average net loans and advances 84,756
76,777
70,745
10%
20%
Average deposits and other borrowings 54,516
48,311
45,023
13%
21%
Ratios
Return on assets 1.24%
1.21%
1.08%
Net interest margin 2.48%
2.49%
2.50%
Operating expenses to operating income 41.5%
41.9%
45.2%
Operating expenses to average assets 1.17%
1.22%
1.29%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) 13
37
58
-65%
-78%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average net advances 0.03%
0.09%
0.17%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) (47)
(28)
(30)
68%
57%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average net advances (0.11%)
(0.07%)
(0.08%)
Net impaired assets 446
510
706
-13%
-37%
Net impaired assets as a % of net advances 0.51%
0.63%
0.98%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 7,323
7,400
7,755
-1%
-6%

67

SEGMENT REVIEW

Global Wealth

Joyce Phillips

The Global Wealth division comprises Funds Management, Insurance and Private Wealth business units that provide investment, superannuation, pension, insurance and private banking solutions to customers across Australia, New Zealand and Asia.

Cash profit – March 2014 Half Year v March 2013 Half Year

==> picture [502 x 157] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

23
27 2
226
15 (31)
204 (11)
(3)
$m
1H13 Funds Insurance Private Wealth Corporate and Operating Credit Income tax 1H14
Cash profit Management income income other income expenses impairment expense & non- Cash profit
income charge controlling
interests
----- End of picture text -----

Global Wealth provides a range of innovative solutions to customers across the region to make it easier for them to connect, protect and grow their wealth.

Global Wealth serves over 2.3 million customers and manages $62 billion in investment and retirement savings. Customers can access ANZ’s wealth solutions through teams of highly qualified financial planners and advisers, innovative digital platforms, ANZ Private Bankers and ANZ’s branch and direct channels. For ANZ customers, wealth solutions are becoming increasingly integrated with their banking making it easier and more convenient for them to successfully manage their financial affairs.

Global Wealth is investing in strategic growth initiatives to help customers engage with their wealth. This includes delivering more options for the selfdirected customer, new digital solutions and new physical environments. Global Wealth is also investing in programs to leverage capabilities across the region to deliver service and scale efficiencies.

Funds Management

The Funds Management business helps customers grow their wealth through investment, superannuation and pension solutions. Global Wealth has embraced the changing regulatory environment to reshape the business, simplifying operational processes and delivering innovative solutions like ANZ Smart Choice Super and new digital platforms. The business experienced positive netflows driven by increased productivity of financial planners and strong growth for ANZ Smart Choice Super which now has over 270,000 customers.

  • Funds Management operating income increased by 6%. This was driven by 14% growth in average FUM as a result of strong gains from investment markets and growth of over $1 billion in netflows due to improved planner productivity.

  • Insurance operating income declined by 1% reflecting the exit of one large group life insurance plan. Excluding this $47 million impact, insurance operating income grew 16% driven by strong underlying business performance along with improved claims and lapse experience.

  • Private Wealth operating income increased by 28% mainly driven by solid growth in wealth investment solutions. Average customer deposits grew by 24% and average net loans and advances increased by 10%.

  • Corporate and other operating income benefited from a $26 million non-recurring insurance settlement.

  • Operating expenses grew by 7% reflecting increased investment in strategic growth initiatives focusing on innovations to enable customers to be self-directed, as well as regulatory spend.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

Cash profit reduced by 16%, due to inclusion of a one off tax

consolidation adjustment in September 2013. Profit before tax grew by 9%.

Key factors affecting the result were:

Insurance

The Insurance business provides protection for all life stages through a comprehensive range of life and general insurance products distributed via intermediated and direct channels. Global Wealth’s focus on retail risk resulted in a 13% growth in inforce premiums, while continued investment in claims management and retention initiatives in Australia improved claim ratios and reduced lapse rates by 120 bps.

Private Wealth

Operating in six countries across the region we continue to strengthen our Private Wealth operations by building core capabilities and developing the suite of global investment solutions. This includes leveraging the expertise of strategic partners such as Swiss Private Bank Vontobel. Private Wealth has delivered strong growth across deposits, investments and loans.

March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

Cash profit improved by 11%, with an 8% increase in operating income and 7% increase in expenses.

  • Funds Management operating income improved by 1%. This was mainly driven by an increase in average FUM of 7% reflecting strong market performance and a significant improvement in netflows as a result of improved planner productivity.

  • Insurance operating income decreased by 5% due to the exit of one large group life insurance plan. Excluding this $47 million impact, insurance operating income grew 11% due to improved claims and lapse experience and strong growth in inforce premiums.

  • Private Wealth operating income improved by 14% with solid growth in average customer deposits and average net loans and advances of 10% and 1% respectively.

  • Corporate and other operating income benefited from a $26 million non-recurring insurance settlement.

  • Operating expenses were up slightly reflecting productivity gains offsetting the cost growth of digital innovations and regulatory spend.

Key factors affecting the result were:

68

SEGMENT REVIEW

Global Wealth Joyce Phillips

Global Wealth Total

Global Wealth Total
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 80
75
64
7%
25%
Other operating income 120
94
80
28%
50%
Net funds management and insurance income 606
611
600
-1%
1%
Operating income 806
780
744
3%
8%
Operating expenses (494)
(489)
(463)
1%
7%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 312
291
281
7%
11%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 1
(3)
(1)
large
large
Profit before income tax 313
288
280
9%
12%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (87)
(20)
(76)
large
14%
**Cash profit ** 226
268
204
-16%
11%
Consisting of:
Business Segment
Funds Management1 62
78
53
-21%
17%
Insurance 98
113
110
-13%
-11%
Private Wealth 40
27
22
48%
82%
Corporate and Other2 26
50
19
-48%
37%
Total Global Wealth 226
268
204
-16%
11%
Australia 156
237
175
-34%
-11%
New Zealand3 71
36
30
97%
large
Asia Pacific, Europe & America (1)
(5)
(1)
-80%
0%
Total Global Wealth 226
268
204
-16%
11%
Income from invested capital4 28
26
31
8%
-10%
Balance Sheet
Funds under management 61,652
58,578
54,805
5%
12%
Average funds under management 60,552
56,507
53,218
7%
14%
In-force premiums 1,955
1,986
1,893
-2%
3%
Customer deposits 12,699
11,569
10,042
10%
26%
Net loans & advances 6,009
6,187
5,776
-3%
4%
Average net loans and advances 6,121
6,060
5,541
1%
10%
Average customer deposits 12,278
11,112
9,929
10%
24%
Ratios5
Operating expenses to operating income 61.3%
62.7%
62.2%
Funds management expenses to average FUM
Australia 0.60%
0.57%
0.65%
New Zealand 0.41%
0.46%
0.49%
Insurance expenses to in-force premiums
Australia 11.7%
11.7%
10.7%
New Zealand 34.6%
36.1%
41.6%
Retail insurance lapse rates
Australia 12.1%
14.1%
13.3%
New Zealand 14.9%
16.7%
15.7%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)6 4,090
4,271
4,176
-4%
-2%
Aligned adviser numbers7 2,061
2,133
2,160
-3%
-5%

1.

Funds management includes Pensions & Investments business and E*TRADE.

2. Corporate and other includes income from invested capital, profits from the Advice and Distribution business and unallocated corporate tax credits.

3.

4.

  • Includes the cross border settlement of an insurance claim involving both Australia and New Zealand on a net basis. For statutory purposes, the individual components of the settlement have been recognised in their respective geographies.

  • Income from invested capital represents after tax revenue generated from investing insurance and investment business’ capital balances (required for regulatory purposes) net of group funding charges and borrowing costs which is included as part of Corporate and Other results. The invested capital as at 31 March 2014 was $2.1 billion (Sep 13: $2.1 billion), which comprises fixed interest securities of 36% and cash and term deposits of 64% (Sep 13: 33% fixed interest securities and 67% cash and term deposits).

5. Funds management expense and FUM only relates to the Pensions & Investments business.

6.

  • Comparative information has been restated to include technology contractors, consistent with how FTE are reported and managed internally.

  • 7.

  • Includes corporate authorised representatives of dealer groups wholly or partially controlled by Global Wealth and ANZ financial planners.

69

SEGMENT REVIEW

Global Wealth

Joyce Phillips

Major business segments
Half Year
Movement
**Funds Management1 ** Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 17
17
18
0%
-6%
Other operating income 33
36
33
-8%
0%
Funds management income 416
406
389
2%
7%
Funds management volume related expenses (194)
(191)
(183)
2%
6%
Operating income 272
268
257
1%
6%
Operating expenses (184)
(175)
(185)
5%
-1%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 88
93
72
-5%
22%
Credit impairment charge -
-
-
n/a
n/a
Profit before income tax 88
93
72
-5%
22%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (26)
(15)
(19)
73%
37%
Cash profit 62
78
53
-21%
17%
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
Insurance $M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 14
14
14
0%
0%
Other operating income 33
33
25
0%
32%
Insurance income 357
383
366
-7%
-2%
Insurance volume related expenses (135)
(146)
(133)
-8%
2%
Operating income 269
284
272
-5%
-1%
Operating expenses (135)
(133)
(122)
2%
11%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 134
151
150
-11%
-11%
Credit impairment charge -
-
-
n/a
n/a
Profit before income tax 134
151
150
-11%
-11%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (36)
(38)
(40)
-5%
-10%
Cash profit 98
113
110
-13%
-11%
Half Year
Movement
Private Wealth Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 67
59
49
14%
37%
Other operating income 30
25
23
20%
30%
Net funds management income 25
23
23
9%
9%
Operating income 122
107
95
14%
28%
Operating expenses (67)
(65)
(62)
3%
8%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 55
42
33
31%
67%
Credit impairment charge 1
(3)
(1)
large
large
Profit before income tax 56
39
32
44%
75%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (16)
(12)
(10)
33%
60%
Cash profit 40
27
22
48%
82%

1. Funds management includes Pensions & Investments business and E*TRADE.

70

SEGMENT REVIEW

Global Wealth

Joyce Phillips

Half Year
Movement
Insurance operating margin Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Life Insurance Planned profit margin
Group & Individual 52
69
62
-25%
-16%
Experience profit/(loss)1 (25)
(23)
(6)
9%
large
Assumption changes2 -
-
-
n/a
n/a
General Insurance operating profit margin3 45
46
37
-2%
22%
Australia 72
92
93
-22%
-23%
Life Insurance Planned profit margin
Individual 21
20
16
5%
31%
Experience profit/(loss)1 5
1
1
large
large
Assumption changes2 -
-
-
n/a
n/a
New Zealand 26
21
17
24%
53%
Total 98
113
110
-13%
-11%
Half Year
Movement
Operating expenses by business segment Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Funds management4 184
175
185
5%
-1%
Insurance 135
133
122
2%
11%
Private Wealth 67
65
62
3%
8%
Corporate and Other 108
116
94
-7%
15%
Total 494
489
463
1%
7%
Half Year
Movement
Operating expenses by geography Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 402
400
382
1%
5%
New Zealand 60
58
53
3%
13%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 32
31
28
3%
14%
Total 494
489
463
1%
7%
As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Mar 14
Funds under management Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Funds under management - average 60,552
56,507
53,218
7%
14%
Funds under management - end of period 61,652
58,578
54,805
5%
12%
Composed of:
Australian equities 19,947
19,164
18,208
4%
10%
Global equities 13,468
11,583
10,301
16%
31%
Cash and fixed interest 24,350
24,153
22,775
1%
7%
Property and infrastructure 3,887
3,678
3,521
6%
10%
Total 61,652
58,578
54,805
5%
12%
As at ($M)
Movement
Funds under management by region Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 48,746
47,362
45,385
3%
7%
New Zealand 12,906
11,216
9,420
15%
37%
Total 61,652
58,578
54,805
5%
12%

1. Experience profit/(loss) variations are gains or losses arising from actual experience differing from plan on Group and Individual business (Australia) and Individual business (New Zealand).

2. Assumption changes are gains or losses arising from a change in valuation methods and best estimate assumptions.

3. General insurance operating profit margin includes ANZ Lender’s Mortgage Insurance.

4. Funds management includes Pensions & Investments business and E*TRADE.

71

SEGMENT REVIEW

Global Wealth

Joyce Phillips

Mar 14
In-
Out-
Other1
Sep 13
$M
flows
flows
$M
18,925
1,368
(1,216)
472
18,301
5,549
333
(460)
125
5,551
14,306
996
(1,163)
445
14,028
6,079
466
(432)
160
5,885
3,887
501
(318)
107
3,597
4,604
582
(174)
383
3,813
4,392
402
(229)
340
3,879
3,910
518
(488)
356
3,524
61,652
5,166
(4,480)
2,388
58,578
Funds Management cashflows by product
OneAnswer
Other Personal Investment
Employer Super
Oasis
ANZ Trustees
Kiwisaver
Private Bank - New Zealand
Other New Zealand
Total
As at ($M)
Movement
Insurance annual in-force premiums Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Group 336
447
439
-25%
-23%
Individual 1,132
1,067
1,006
6%
13%
General Insurance 487
472
448
3%
9%
Total 1,955
1,986
1,893
-2%
3%
Insurance annual in-force premiums by region
Australia 1,780
1,839
1,756
-3%
1%
New Zealand 175
147
137
19%
28%
Total 1,955
1,986
1,893
-2%
3%
Mar 14
$M
New
business
$M2
Lapses
$M
Sep 13
$M
Insurance in-force book movement
Group 336
17
(128)
447
Individual 1,132
138
(73)
1,067
General Insurance 487
81
(66)
472
Total 1,955
236
(267)
1,986
Insurance in-force book movement by region
Australia 1,780
200
(259)
1,839
New Zealand 175
36
(8)
147
Total 1,955
236
(267)
1,986
Australia
New Zealand
Total
$M
$M
$M
3,244
422
3,666
70
9
79
156
18
174
(2)
5
3
3,468
454
3,922
(21)
62
41
(160)
(38)
(198)
3,287
478
3,765
lation differences on foreign currency balances.
**Embedded value and value of new business (insurance and investments only) **
Embedded value as at September 20133
Value of new business4
Expected return5
Experience deviations and assumption changes6
Embedded value before economic assumption changes and net transfer
Economic assumptions change7
Net transfer8
**Embedded value as at March 2014 **
1.
Other includes investment income net of taxes, fees and charges and distributions; and the impact of trans
2.
New business includes the impact of foreign currency gains on translation.

3. Embedded value represents the present value of future profits and releases of capital arising from the business in force at the valuation date, and adjusted net assets. It is determined using best estimate assumptions with franking credits included at 70% of face value. Projected cash flows have been discounted using capital asset pricing model risk discount rates of 9.00%-10.75%. ANZ Lenders Mortgage Insurance business is not included in the valuation.

4. Value of new business represents the present value of future profits less the cost of capital arising from the new business written over the period.

5. Expected return represents expected increase in value over the period.

6. Experience deviations and assumption changes arise from deviations from and changes to best estimate assumptions underlying the prior period embedded value. The adverse movement for the Australian business is primarily due to higher lapse experience in the Group Insurance business partially offset by better claim experience in the Retail Insurance and General Insurance.

7. Risk discount rates have increased by 25 bps over the half year leading to a negative impact. A higher exchange rate for New Zealand dollar has led to a positive value impact.

8.

  • Net transfer represents net capital movements over the period including restructuring of the business, capital injections, transfer of cash dividends and value of franking credits. There was a $127 million cash dividend and $35 million in franking credits transferred to the ANZ Group.

72

SEGMENT REVIEW

Global Technology, Services and Operations and Group Centre

GTSO and Group Centre provide support to the operating divisions, including technology, operations, risk management, financial management, strategy and marketing, human resources and corporate affairs. Additionally, Group Centre includes Group Treasury, Shareholder Functions and Discontinued Businesses.

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 201
193
215
4%
-7%
Other operating income1 (187)
(139)
(76)
35%
large
Operating income1 14
54
139
-75%
-90%
Operating expenses (180)
(215)
(175)
-16%
3%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax (166)
(161)
(36)
3%
large
Credit impairment charge 1
(19)
-
large
n/a
Profit/(Loss) before income tax (165)
(180)
(36)
-8%
large
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 57
50
(2)
14%
large
Cash profit/(loss) (108)
(130)
(38)
-17%
large
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)2 9,669
9,375
9,077
3%
7%

1. Includes offsetting variances between net interest and other income as a result of elimination entries associated with the consolidation of Global Wealth.

2. Comparative information has been restated to include technology contractors, consistent with how FTE are reported and managed internally.

Cash profit – March 2014 Half Year v March 2013 Half Year

==> picture [501 x 199] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

(38)
(14)
$m 59
(108)
1
(111)
(5)
1H13 Net interest Other operating Operating Credit Income tax 1H14
Cashloss income income expenses impairment expense & non- Cash loss
charge controlling
interests
----- End of picture text -----

  • March 2014 half year v March 2013 half year

Key factors affecting the result were:

  • Operating income decreased 90% largely due to realised losses from foreign currency hedges (offsetting translation gains elsewhere in the Group).

  • Operating expenses increased 3% due to annual salary increases.

  • The increase in FTEs relate to the transfer of activities into central operations, global enablement and hubs. These are offset in the Divisions.

  • March 2014 half year v September 2013 half year

Key factors affecting the result were:

  • Operating income decreased 75% largely due to realised losses from foreign currency hedges (offsetting translation gains elsewhere in the Group).

  • Operating expenses decreased 16% largely due to lower restructuring costs.

  • Credit impairment charges decreased $20 million due to provisions relating to discontinued businesses in the September 2013 half.

  • The increase in FTEs relate to the transfer of activities into central operations, global enablement and hubs. These are offset in the Divisions.

73

SEGMENT REVIEW

This page has been left blank intentionally

74

GEOGRAPHIC REVIEW

CONTENTS

Section 6 – Geographic Review

Geographic performance Australia geography Asia Pacific, Europe & America geography New Zealand geography

75

GEOGRAPHIC REVIEW

Geographic Performance

Half Year
Movement
**Statutory Profit ** Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 1,920
2,140
1,958
-10%
-2%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 683
583
459
17%
49%
New Zealand 778
606
520
28%
50%
3,381
3,329
2,937
2%
15%
Half Year
Movement
Cash Profit Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 2,025
2,136
2,164
-5%
-6%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 681
554
459
23%
48%
New Zealand 809
623
556
30%
46%
3,515
3,313
3,179
6%
11%
As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Mar 14
Net loans & advances Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Australia 336,466
324,278
314,620
4%
7%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 76,634
69,893
61,223
10%
25%
New Zealand 96,150
89,093
78,473
8%
23%
Net loans & advances 509,250
483,264
454,316
5%
12%
As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Mar 14
Customer deposits Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Australia 216,127
207,902
195,849
4%
10%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 102,463
98,127
92,736
4%
10%
New Zealand 69,432
62,800
55,550
11%
25%
Customer deposits 388,022
368,829
344,135
5%
13%

76

GEOGRAPHIC REVIEW

Australia geography

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 4,659
4,631
4,514
1%
3%
Other operating income 1,381
1,533
1,677
-10%
-18%
Operating income 6,040
6,164
6,191
-2%
-2%
Operating expenses (2,648)
(2,679)
(2,603)
-1%
2%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 3,392
3,485
3,588
-3%
-5%
Credit impairment charge (479)
(488)
(466)
-2%
3%
Profit before tax 2,913
2,997
3,122
-3%
-7%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (888)
(861)
(958)
3%
-7%
Cash profit 2,025
2,136
2,164
-5%
-6%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit (105)
4
(206)
large
-49%
Statutory profit 1,920
2,140
1,958
-10%
-2%
Balance Sheet
Net loans & advances 336,466
324,278
314,620
4%
7%
Other external assets 136,579
128,905
124,142
6%
10%
External assets 473,045
453,183
438,762
4%
8%
Customer deposits 216,127
207,902
195,849
4%
10%
Other deposits and borrowings 73,908
66,277
71,264
12%
4%
Deposits and other borrowings 290,035
274,179
267,113
6%
9%
Other external liabilities 147,174
149,505
140,112
-2%
5%
External liabilities 437,209
423,684
407,225
3%
7%
Risk weighted assets 201,720
196,416
192,118
3%
5%
Average net loans and advances 330,036
319,212
310,578
3%
6%
Average deposits and other borrowings 290,912
276,136
262,013
5%
11%
Ratios
Net interest margin - cash 2.37%
2.45%
2.52%
Operating expenses to operating income - cash 43.8%
43.5%
42.0%
Operating expenses to average assets - cash 1.14%
1.18%
1.20%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) - cash 455
433
447
5%
2%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of
average net advances - cash
0.28%
0.27%
0.29%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) - cash 24
55
19
-56%
26%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of
average net advances - cash
0.01%
0.03%
0.01%
Net impaired assets 1,267
1,819
2,097
-30%
-40%
Net impaired assets as a % of net advances 0.38%
0.56%
0.67%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)1 21,353
21,757
22,096
-2%
-3%
  1. Comparative information has been restated to include technology costs, consistent with how FTE are reported and managed internally.

77

GEOGRAPHIC REVIEW

Asia Pacific, Europe & America geography

Table reflects AUD for the APEA region

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 855
768
682
11%
25%
Other operating income 1,036
879
815
18%
27%
Operating income 1,891
1,647
1,497
15%
26%
Operating expenses (977)
(911)
(829)
7%
18%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 914
736
668
24%
37%
Credit impairment charge (85)
(91)
(99)
-7%
-14%
Profit before income tax 829
645
569
29%
46%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (148)
(91)
(110)
63%
35%
Cash profit 681
554
459
23%
48%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit 2
29
-
-93%
n/a
Statutory profit 683
583
459
17%
49%
Balance Sheet
Net loans & advances 76,634
69,893
61,223
10%
25%
Other external assets 66,475
66,728
71,260
0%
-7%
External assets 143,109
136,621
132,483
5%
8%
Customer deposits 102,463
98,127
92,736
4%
10%
Other deposits and borrowings 29,791
25,306
30,533
18%
-2%
Deposits and other borrowings 132,254
123,433
123,269
7%
7%
Other external liabilities 21,296
17,944
16,747
19%
27%
External liabilities 153,550
141,377
140,016
9%
10%
Risk weighted assets 94,353
85,586
78,416
10%
20%
Average net loans and advances 75,621
67,834
56,896
11%
33%
Average deposits and other borrowings 133,781
124,105
110,748
8%
21%
Ratios
Net interest margin 1.20%
1.16%
1.20%
Operating expenses to operating income - cash 51.7%
55.3%
55.4%
Operating expenses to average assets - cash 1.22%
1.25%
1.29%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) - cash 127
94
87
35%
46%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of
average net advances - cash
0.34%
0.28%
0.31%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) - cash (42)
(3)
12
large
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of
average net advances - cash
(0.11%)
(0.01%)
0.05%
Net impaired assets 326
389
337
-16%
-3%
Net impaired assets as a % of net advances 0.43%
0.56%
0.55%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)1 19,247
18,824
18,119
2%
6%
  1. Comparative information has been restated to include technology contractors, consistent with how FTE are reported and managed internally.

78

GEOGRAPHIC REVIEW

Asia Pacific, Europe & America geography

Table reflects USD for the APEA region

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
USD M
Sep 13
USD M
Mar 13
USD M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 778
731
709
6%
10%
Other operating income 945
837
847
13%
12%
Operating income 1,723
1,568
1,556
10%
11%
Operating expenses (891)
(867)
(862)
3%
3%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 832
701
694
19%
20%
Credit impairment charge (77)
(86)
(103)
-10%
-25%
Profit before income tax 755
615
591
23%
28%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (134)
(86)
(114)
56%
18%
Cash profit 621
529
477
17%
30%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit 1
29
-
-97%
n/a
Statutory profit 622
558
477
11%
30%
Balance Sheet
Net loans & advances 70,756
65,084
63,819
9%
11%
Other external assets 61,377
62,138
74,281
-1%
-17%
External assets 132,133
127,222
138,100
4%
-4%
Customer deposits 94,603
91,376
96,669
4%
-2%
Other deposits and borrowings 27,507
23,565
31,827
17%
-14%
Deposits and other borrowings 122,110
114,941
128,496
6%
-5%
Other external liabilities 19,663
16,710
17,456
18%
13%
External liabilities 141,773
131,651
145,952
8%
-3%
Risk weighted assets 87,116
79,698
81,741
9%
7%
Average net loans and advances 68,911
64,762
59,099
6%
17%
Average deposits and other borrowings 121,910
118,180
115,035
3%
6%
Ratios
Net interest margin 1.20%
1.16%
1.20%
Operating expenses to operating income - cash 51.7%
55.3%
55.4%
Operating expenses to average assets - cash 1.22%
1.25%
1.29%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) - cash 115
90
90
28%
28%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of
average net advances - cash
0.34%
0.28%
0.31%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) - cash (38)
(4)
13
large
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of
average net advances - cash
(0.11%)
(0.01%)
0.05%
Net impaired assets 302
362
352
-17%
-14%
Net impaired assets as a % of net advances 0.43%
0.56%
0.55%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)1 19,247
18,824
18,119
2%
6%
  1. Comparative information has been restated to include technology contractors, consistent with how FTE are reported and managed internally.

79

GEOGRAPHIC REVIEW

Asia Pacific, Europe & America geography

Table reflects AUD results for the APEA regions

Half Year
Movement
Statutory Profit Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Asia 498
355
302
40%
65%
Europe & America 60
126
66
-52%
-9%
Pacific 125
102
91
23%
37%
683
583
459
17%
49%
Half Year
Movement
Cash Profit Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Asia 497
355
301
40%
65%
Europe & America 59
97
67
-39%
-12%
Pacific 125
102
91
23%
37%
681
554
459
23%
48%
Half Year
Movement
Net loans and advances Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Asia 67,261
61,306
53,545
10%
26%
Europe & America 5,991
5,459
5,045
10%
19%
Pacific 3,382
3,128
2,633
8%
28%
76,634
69,893
61,223
10%
25%
Half Year
Movement
Customer deposits Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Asia 61,894
59,644
47,972
4%
29%
Europe & America 36,013
34,115
40,702
6%
-12%
Pacific 4,556
4,368
4,062
4%
12%
102,463
98,127
92,736
4%
10%
Half Year
Movement
Risk weighted assets Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Asia 70,222
61,533
57,613
14%
22%
Europe & America 17,362
17,834
15,263
-3%
14%
Pacific 6,769
6,219
5,540
9%
22%
94,353
85,586
78,416
10%
20%

80

GEOGRAPHIC REVIEW

New Zealand geography

Table reflects AUD results for the New Zealand geography

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 1,250
1,137
1,040
10%
20%
Other operating income 487
351
364
39%
34%
Operating income 1,737
1,488
1,404
17%
24%
Operating expenses (661)
(623)
(612)
6%
8%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,076
865
792
24%
36%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 36
(19)
(34)
large
large
Profit before income tax 1,112
846
758
31%
47%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (303)
(223)
(202)
36%
50%
Cash profit 809
623
556
30%
46%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit (31)
(17)
(36)
82%
-14%
Statutory profit 778
606
520
28%
50%
Balance Sheet
Net loans & advances 96,150
89,093
78,473
8%
23%
Other external assets 25,511
24,098
22,913
6%
11%
External assets 121,661
113,191
101,386
7%
20%
Customer deposits 69,432
62,800
55,550
11%
25%
Other deposits and borrowings 6,597
6,503
5,173
1%
28%
Deposits and other borrowings 76,029
69,303
60,723
10%
25%
Other external liabilities 23,989
23,028
22,164
4%
8%
External liabilities 100,018
92,331
82,887
8%
21%
Risk weighted assets 64,667
57,263
52,048
13%
24%
Average net loans and advances 92,606
84,046
77,571
10%
19%
Average deposits and other borrowings 73,791
66,020
61,019
12%
21%
Ratios
Net interest margin 2.32%
2.31%
2.27%
Operating expenses to operating income - cash 38.1%
41.7%
43.6%
Operating expenses to average assets - cash 1.10%
1.12%
1.18%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) - cash 20
45
61
-56%
-67%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of
average net advances - cash
0.04%
0.11%
0.16%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) - cash (56)
(26)
(27)
large
large
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of
average net advances - cash
(0.12%)
(0.06%)
(0.07%)
Net impaired assets 557
589
708
-5%
-21%
Net impaired assets as a % of net advances 0.58%
0.66%
0.90%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 8,257
8,284
8,656
0%
-5%

81

GEOGRAPHIC REVIEW

New Zealand geography

Table reflects NZD results for the New Zealand geography

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
NZD M
Sep 13
NZD M
Mar 13
NZD M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Net interest income 1,370
1,338
1,303
2%
5%
Other operating income 534
411
457
30%
17%
Operating income 1,904
1,749
1,760
9%
8%
Operating expenses (725)
(730)
(767)
-1%
-5%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,179
1,019
993
16%
19%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 39
(22)
(43)
large
large
Profit before income tax 1,218
997
950
22%
28%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (331)
(262)
(253)
26%
31%
Cash profit 887
735
697
21%
27%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit (34)
(20)
(44)
70%
-23%
Statutory profit 853
715
653
19%
31%
Balance Sheet
Net loans & advances 102,571
100,113
97,847
2%
5%
Other external assets 27,215
27,079
28,570
1%
-5%
External assets 129,786
127,192
126,417
2%
3%
Customer deposits 74,069
70,566
69,264
5%
7%
Other deposits and borrowings 7,038
7,309
6,450
-4%
9%
Deposits and other borrowings 81,107
77,875
75,714
4%
7%
Other external liabilities 25,590
25,876
27,636
-1%
-7%
External liabilities 106,697
103,751
103,350
3%
3%
Risk weighted assets 68,985
64,346
64,898
7%
6%
Average net loans and advances 101,484
98,873
97,223
3%
4%
Average deposits and other borrowings 80,865
77,663
76,477
4%
6%
Ratios
Net interest margin 2.32%
2.31%
2.27%
Operating expenses to operating income - cash 38.1%
41.7%
43.6%
Operating expenses to average assets - cash 1.10%
1.12%
1.18%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) - cash 22
52
76
-58%
-71%
Individual credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of
average net advances - cash
0.04%
0.11%
0.16%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) - cash (61)
(30)
(33)
large
85%
Collective credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of
average net advances - cash
(0.12%)
(0.06%)
(0.07%)
Net impaired assets 594
662
884
-10%
-33%
Net impaired assets as a % of net advances 0.58%
0.66%
0.90%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 8,257
8,284
8,656
0%
-5%

82

PROFIT RECONCILIATION

CONTENTS

Section 7 – Profit Reconciliation

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit Reconciliation of statutory profit to cash profit

83

PROFIT RECONCILIATION

Non-IFRS information

The Group provides two additional measures of performance in the Results Announcement which are prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards - cash profit and economic profit. The guidance provided in Australian Securities and Investments Commission Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

Statutory profit has been adjusted to exclude non-core items to arrive at cash profit, and has been provided to assist readers to understand the results for the ongoing business activities of the Group. The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory profit which is subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash profit is not subject to review by the external auditor, however, the external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that the adjustments have been determined on a consistent basis across each period presented.

across each period presented.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 3,381
3,329
2,937
2%
15%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit 134
(16)
242
large
-45%
Cash profit 3,515
3,313
3,179
6%
11%
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Adjustments between statutory profit
and cash profit
Treasury shares adjustment 37
31
53
19%
-30%
Revaluation of policy liabilities (3)
27
19
large
large
Economic hedging 89
(205)
192
large
-54%
Revenue and net investment hedges 18
143
16
-87%
13%
Structured credit intermediation trades (7)
(12)
(38)
-42%
-82%
Total adjustments between 134
(16)
242
large
-45%
statutory profit and cashprofit

Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

  • Treasury shares adjustment

ANZ shares held by the Group in the consolidated managed funds and life business are deemed to be Treasury shares for accounting purposes. Dividends and realised and unrealised gains and losses from these shares are reversed as these are not permitted to be recognised in income for statutory reporting purposes. In deriving cash profit, these earnings are included to ensure there is no asymmetrical impact on the Group’s profits because the Treasury shares support policy liabilities which are revalued in deriving income. Accordingly the gain of $37 million after tax ($40 million pre tax) eliminated for statutory accounting purposes has been added back to cash profit.

  • Revaluation of policy liabilities

When calculating policy liabilities, the projected future cash flows on insurance contracts are discounted to reflect the present value of the obligation, with the impact of changes in the market discount rate each period being reflected in the income statement. ANZ includes the impact on the remeasurement of the insurance contract attributable to changes in market discount rates as an adjustment to cash profit to remove the volatility attributable to changes in market interest rates which reverts to zero over the life of the insurance contract.

  • Economic hedging and Revenue and net investment hedges

The Group enters into economic hedges to manage its interest rate and foreign exchange risk. The application of AASB 139: Financial Instruments – Recognition and Measurement results in fair value gains and losses being recognised within the income statement. ANZ includes the mark-tomarket adjustments as an adjustment to cash profit as the profit or loss resulting from the transactions will reverse over time to match with the profit or loss from the economically hedged item as part of cash profit. This includes gains and losses arising from:

  • approved classes of derivatives not designated in accounting hedge relationships but which are considered to be economic hedges, including hedges of NZD and USD revenue;

  • the use of the fair value option (principally arising from the valuation of the ‘own name’ credit spread on debt issues designated at fair value); and

  • ineffectiveness from designated accounting cash flow, fair value and net investment hedges.

In the table below, funding and lending related swaps are primarily cross currency interest rate swaps which are being used to convert the proceeds of foreign currency debt issuances into floating rate Australian dollar and New Zealand dollar debt. As these swaps do not qualify for hedge accounting, movements in the fair values are recorded in the Income Statement. The main drivers of these fair values are currency basis spreads and the Australian dollar and New Zealand dollar fluctuation against other major funding currencies. This category also includes economic hedges of select structured finance and specialised leasing transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The main drivers of these fair value adjustments are Australian and New Zealand yield curves.

Mark-to-market losses in March 2014 half year were driven by a narrowing of basis spreads principally from movements in AUD/USD and USD/EUR currency pairs. These were partially offset by gains from the continuing weakening of AUD across some major currencies principally USD and EUR. The AUD has weakened significantly against EUR and USD since March 2013 and this drove much of the gains in the September 2013 half year.

84

PROFIT RECONCILIATION

Losses arising from the use of the fair value option on own name debt hedged by derivatives are attributable to a narrowing of ANZ credit spreads driven from a continuing period of relative stability in the global markets. In September 2013 half year, some negative sentiment on the Australian economy saw a marginal reversal of falling spreads which generated a gain in the period.

Losses within revenue and net investment hedges were principally as a result of the weakening in AUD against the NZD exchange rate during the March 2014 half year.

Half Year
Mar 14 Sep 13 Mar 13
Adjustments to the income statement $M $M $M
Timing differences where IFRS results in asymmetry between the
hedge and hedged items
Funding and lending related swaps 101 (281) 203
Use of the fair value option on own debt hedged by derivatives 15 (11) 74
Revenue and net investment hedges 26 201 23
Ineffective portion of cash flow and fair value hedges 10 (2) (6)
Increase/(decrease) to cash profit before tax 152 (93) 294
Increase/(decrease) to cash profit after tax 107 (62) 208
Cumulative increase/(decrease) to cash profit pre-tax
relating to economic hedging As at($M)
Mar 14 Sep 13 Mar 13
$M $M $M
Timing differences where IFRS results in asymmetry between the
hedge and hedged items (before tax)
Funding and lending related swaps 779 678 959
Use of the fair value option on own debt hedged by derivatives 14 (1) 10
Revenue and net investment hedges 205 179 (22)
Ineffective portion of cash flow and fair value hedges (15) (25) (23)
983 831 924

85

PROFIT RECONCILIATION

  • Structured credit intermediation trades

ANZ entered into a series of structured credit intermediation trades from 2004 to 2007. The underlying structures involve credit default swaps (CDS) over synthetic collateralised debt obligations (CDOs), portfolios of external collateralised loan obligations (CLOs) or specific bonds/floating rate notes (FRNs). ANZ sold protection using credit default swaps over these structures and then to mitigate risk, purchased protection via credit default swaps over the same structures from eight US financial guarantors.

Being derivatives, both the sold protection and purchased protection are marked-to-market. Prior to the commencement of the global credit crisis, movements in valuations of these positions were not significant and largely offset each other in income. Following the onset of the credit crisis, the purchased protection has provided only a partial offset against movements in valuation of the sold protection because:

  • one of the counterparties to the purchased protection defaulted and many of the remaining were downgraded; and

  • a credit valuation adjustment is applied to the remaining counterparties to the purchased protection reflective of changes to their credit worthiness.

ANZ is actively monitoring this portfolio with a view to reducing the exposure via termination and restructuring of both the bought and sold protection if and when ANZ deems it cost effective relative to the perceived risk associated with a specific trade or counterparty. The bought and sold protection trades are by nature largely offsetting, with the notional amount on the outstanding bought CDSs and outstanding sold CDSs at 31 March 2014 each amounting to US$4.4 billion (30 September 2013: US$4.5 billion; 31 March 2013: US$4.7 billion).

The profit and loss impact of credit risk on structured credit derivatives remains volatile reflecting the impact of market movements in credit spreads and AUD/USD rates.

The (gain)/loss on structured credit intermediation trades is included as an adjustment to cash profit as it relates to a legacy non-core business where the cumulative mark-to-market movements are expected to reverse to zero in future periods.

Half Year
Movement
Credit risk on intermediation trades Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Profit before income tax (9)
(15)
(48)
-40%
-81%
Income tax expense 2
3
10
-33%
-80%
Profit after income tax (7)
(12)
(38)
-42%
-82%
As at ($M)
Movement
Financial impacts of credit intermediation trades Mar 14
Mar 14
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Mark-to-market exposure to financial guarantors 136
179
257
-24%
-47%
Cumulative costs relating to
**financial guarantors1 **
CVA for outstanding transactions 33
42
54
-21%
-39%
Realised close out and hedge costs 333
333
336
0%
-1%
Cumulative life to date charges 366
375
390
-2%
-6%

1. The cumulative costs in managing the positions include realised losses relating to restructuring of trades in order to reduce risks and realised losses on termination of sold protection trades. It also includes foreign exchange hedging losses

  • Credit risk on impaired derivatives (nil profit after tax impact)

  • Reclassification of a charge to income for credit valuation adjustments on defaulted and impaired derivative exposures to credit impairment charges of $1 million for the half year (Sep 13 half: $2 million release; Mar 13 half: $11 million charge). The reclassification has been made to reflect the manner in which the defaulted and impaired derivatives are managed.

  • Policyholders tax gross up (nil profit after tax impact)

For statutory reporting purposes policyholder income tax and other related taxes paid on behalf of policyholders are included in both net income from wealth management and the Group’s income tax expense. The gross up of $29 million (Sep 13 half: $184 million; Mar 13 half: $187 million) has been excluded from the cash results as it does not reflect the underlying performance of the business which is assessed on a net of policyholder tax basis.

86

PROFIT RECONCILIATION

This page has been left blank intentionally

87

PROFIT RECONCILIATION

Reconciliation of statutory profit to cash profit

March 2014 Half Year
Statutory Adjustments to statutory profit
profit
Treasury Revaluation
shares Policyholders of policy
adjustment tax gross up liabilities
$M $M $M $M
Net interest income 6,778 - - -
Fee income 1,255 - - -
Foreign exchange earnings 593 - - -
Profit on trading instruments 15 - - -
Net income from wealth management 611 40 (29) (5)
Other 266 - - -
Other operating income 2,740 40 (29) (5)
Operating income 9,518 40 (29) (5)
Personnel expenses (2,493) - - -
Premises expenses (391) - - -
Computer expenses (640) - - -
Restructuring expenses (35) - - -
Other expenses (727) - - -
Operating expenses (4,286) - - -
Profit before credit impairment and tax 5,232 40 (29) (5)
Credit impairment charge (527) - - -
Profit before income tax 4,705 40 (29) (5)
Income tax expense (1,318) (3) 29 2
Non-controlling interests (6) - - -
Profit 3,381 37 - (3)
September 2013 Half Year
Statutory Adjustments to statutory profit
profit
Treasury Revaluation
shares Policyholders of policy
adjustment tax gross up liabilities
$M $M $M $M
Net interest income 6,558 - - -
Fee income 1,228 - - -
Foreign exchange earnings 377 - - -
Profit on trading instruments 48 - - -
Net income from wealth management 735 33 (184) 38
Other 577 - - -
Other operating income 2,965 33 (184) 38
Operating income 9,523 33 (184) 38
Personnel expenses (2,417) - - -
Premises expenses (377) - - -
Computer expenses (625) - - -
Restructuring expenses (28) - - -
Other expenses (766) - - -
Operating expenses (4,213) - - -
Profit before credit impairment and tax 5,310 33 (184) 38
Credit impairment charge (600) - - -
Profit before income tax 4,710 33 (184) 38
Income tax expense (1,376) (2) 184 (11)
Non-controlling interests (5) - - -
Profit 3,329 31 - 27

88

PROFIT RECONCILIATION

March 2014 Half Year

March 2014 Half Year
Adjustments to statutory profit Cash
profit
Revenue and Structured Credit risk Total
Economic net investment credit on impaired adjustments to
hedging hedges intermediation trades derivatives statutory profit
$M $M $M $M $M $M
(14) - - - (14) 6,764
- - - - - 1,255
- 26 - - 26 619
- - (9) 1 (8) 7
- - - - 6 617
140 - - - 140 406
140 26 (9) 1 164 2,904
126 26 (9) 1 150 9,668
- - - - - (2,493)
- - - - - (391)
- - - - - (640)
- - - - - (35)
- - - - - (727)
- - - - - (4,286)
126 26 (9) 1 150 5,382
- - - (1) (1) (528)
126 26 (9) - 149 4,854
(37) (8) 2 - (15) (1,333)
- - - - - (6)
89 18 (7) - 134 3,515

September 2013 Half Year

September 2013 Half Year
Adjustments to statutory profit Cash
profit
Revenue and Structured Credit risk Total
Economic net investment credit on impaired adjustments to
hedging hedges intermediation trades derivatives statutory profit
$M $M $M $M $M $M
(22) - - - (22) 6,536
- - - - - 1,228
7 201 - - 208 585
(43) - (15) (2) (60) (12)
- - - - (113) 622
(237) - - - (237) 340
(273) 201 (15) (2) (202) 2,763
(295) 201 (15) (2) (224) 9,299
- - - - - (2,417)
- - - - - (377)
- - - - - (625)
- - - - - (28)
- - - - - (766)
- - - - - (4,213)
(295) 201 (15) (2) (224) 5,086
- - - 2 2 (598)
(295) 201 (15) - (222) 4,488
90 (58) 3 - 206 (1,170)
- - - - - (5)
(205) 143 (12) - (16) 3,313

89

PROFIT RECONCILIATION

March 2013 Half Year
Statutory Adjustments to statutory profit
profit
Treasury Revaluation
shares
Policyholders
of policy
adjustment tax gross up liabilities
$M $M $M $M
Net interest income 6,200 - - -
Fee income 1,231 - - -
Foreign exchange earnings 467 - - -
Profit on trading instruments 315 - - -
Net income from wealth management 696 57 (187) 28
Other 27 - - -
Other operating income 2,736 57 (187) 28
Operating income 8,936 57 (187) 28
Personnel expenses (2,347) - - -
Premises expenses (356) - - -
Computer expenses (618) - - -
Restructuring expenses (57) - - -
Other expenses (666) - - -
Operating expenses (4,044) - - -
Profit before credit impairment and tax 4,892 57 (187) 28
Credit impairment charge (588) - - -
Profit before income tax 4,304 57 (187) 28
Income tax expense (1,362) (4) 187 (9)
Non-controlling interests (5) - - -
Profit 2,937 53 - 19

90

PROFIT RECONCILIATION

==> picture [423 x 10] intentionally omitted <==

March 2013 Half Year

March 2013 Half Year
Adjustments to statutory profit Cash
profit
Revenue and Structured Credit risk Total
Economic net investment credit on impaired adjustments to
hedging hedges intermediation trades derivatives statutory profit
$M $M $M $M $M $M
36 - - - 36 6,236
- - - - - 1,231
(12) 23 - - 11 478
7 - (48) 11 (30) 285
- - - - (102) 594
241 - - - 241 268
236 23 (48) 11 120 2,856
272 23 (48) 11 156 9,092
- - - - - (2,347)
- - - - - (356)
- - - - - (618)
- - - - - (57)
- - - - - (666)
- - - - - (4,044)
272 23 (48) 11 156 5,048
- - - (11) (11) (599)
272 23 (48) - 145 4,449
(80) (7) 10 - 97 (1,265)
- - - - - (5)
192 16 (38) - 242 3,179

91

PROFIT RECONCILIATION

This page has been left blank intentionally

92

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTENTS PAGE
Directors’ Report 94
Condensed Consolidated Income Statement 95
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 96
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet 97
Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 98
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 99
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements 100

93

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

The Directors present their report on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the half year ended 31 March 2014.

Directors

The names of the Directors of the Company who held office during and since the end of the half year are:

Mr JP Morschel Chairman
Mr MRP Smith, OBE Director and Chief Executive Officer
Dr GJ Clark Director, retired on 18 December 2013
Ms PJ Dwyer Director
Mr DM Gonski, AC Director since 27 February 2014
Mr PAF Hay Director
Mr Lee Hsien Yang Director
Mr GR Liebelt Director
Mr IJ Macfarlane, AC Director
Mr DE Meiklejohn, AM Director, retired on 18 December 2013
Ms AM Watkins Director

Result

The consolidated profit attributable to shareholders of the Company was $3,381 million. Further details are contained in the CFO’s Overview on pages 15 to 40 which forms part of this report, and in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Review of operations

A review of the operations of the Group during the half year and the results of those operations are contained in the CFO’s Overview on pages 15 to 40 which forms part of this report.

Lead auditor’s independence declaration

The lead auditor’s independence declaration given under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 (as amended) is set out on page 129 which forms part of this report.

Rounding of amounts

The amounts contained in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where otherwise indicated, as permitted by ASIC Class Order 98/100.

Significant events since balance date

On 10 April 2014, the Company announced the sale of ANZ Trustees to Equity Trustees Limited for $150 million. The transaction is expected to be completed in July 2014 subject to regulatory approval. The gain on sale will be recognised in the second half of the 2014 financial year.

There have been no other significant events from 31 March 2014 to the date of this report.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

==> picture [118 x 38] intentionally omitted <==

John P Morschel Chairman

==> picture [64 x 29] intentionally omitted <==

Michael R P Smith, OBE Director

30 April 2014

94

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

Half Year Movement
Note Mar-14
Sep-131
**Mar-131 **
Mar-14
Mar-14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep-13
v. Mar-13
Interest income 14,430
14,301
14,326
1%
1%
Interest expense (7,652)
(7,743)
(8,126)
-1%
-6%
Net interest income
2
6,778
6,558
6,200
3%
9%
Other operating income
2
1,882
1,959
1,829
-4%
3%
Net funds management and insurance income
2
611
735
696
-17%
-12%
Share of associates' profit
2,18
247
271
211
-9%
17%
Operating income 9,518
9,523
8,936
0%
7%
Operating expenses
3
(4,286)
(4,213)
(4,044)
2%
6%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 5,232
5,310
4,892
-1%
7%
Credit impairment charge
8
(527)
(600)
(588)
-12%
-10%
Profit before income tax 4,705
4,710
4,304
0%
9%
Income tax expense
4
(1,318)
(1,376)
(1,362)
-4%
-3%
Profit for the period 3,387
3,334
2,942
2%
15%
Comprising:
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests 6
5
5
20%
20%
Profit attributable
3,381
3,329
2,937
2%
15%
to shareholders of the Company
Earnings per ordinary share (cents)
Basic
6
124.4
122.5
108.5
2%
15%
Diluted
6
120.2
118.5
105.3
1%
14%
Dividend per ordinary share (cents)
5
83
91
73
-9%
14%

The notes appearing on pages 100 to 127 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

1. Comparative amounts have changed. Refer to Note 21 for details.

95

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 131
$M
Mar 131
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
**Profit for the period ** 3,387
3,334
2,942
2%
15%
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Remeasurement gain/(loss) on defined benefit plans 36
65
(22)
-45%
large
Income tax on items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Remeasurement gain/(loss) on defined benefit plans (10)
(17)
(1)
-41%
large
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation reserve
Exchange differences taken to equity 570
1,706
6
-67%
Large
Exchange differences transferred to income statement (11)
-
-
n/a
n/a
Available-for-sale assets
Valuation gain/(loss) taken to equity 133
(22)
35
large
Large
Transferred to income statement (45)
5
(2)
large
Large
Cash flow hedges
Valuation gain/(loss) taken to equity -
(71)
(115)
-100%
-100%
Transferred to income statement (16)
(5)
5
large
Large
Share of associates' other comprehensive income2 (32)
(2)
20
large
large
Income tax on items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Available-for-sale assets revaluation reserve (26)
2
(9)
large
large
Cash flow hedge reserve 3
21
31
-86%
-90%
Other comprehensive income net of tax 602
1,682
(52)
-64%
large
Total comprehensive income for the period 3,989
5,016
2,890
-20%
38%
Comprising total comprehensive income attributable to:
Non-controlling interests 6
10
5
-40%
20%
Shareholders of the Company 3,983
5,006
2,885
-20%
38%

1. Comparative amounts have changed. Refer to Note 21 for details.

2. Share of associates other comprehensive income is comprised of Available-for-sale assets reserve loss of $32 million (Sep 13 half: loss of $2 million, Mar 13 half: gain of $20 million); Foreign currency translation reserve of nil (Sep 13 half: nil, Mar 13 half: loss of $1 million) and Cash flow hedge reserve of nil (Sep 13 half: nil, Mar 13 half: gain of $1 million).

The notes appearing on pages 100 to 127 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

96

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

As at ($M)
Movement


Mar 14
Mar 14
Assets
Note
Mar 14
Sep 131
Mar 131
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Cash 33,651
25,270
39,779
33%
-15%
Settlement balances owed to ANZ 16,209
19,225
15,804
-16%
3%
Collateral paid 6,219
6,530
6,699
-5%
-7%
Trading securities 46,170
41,288
39,569
12%
17%
Derivative financial instruments 43,829
45,878
41,700
-4%
5%
Available-for-sale assets 27,330
28,277
23,410
-3%
17%
Net loans and advances
7
509,250
483,264
454,316
5%
12%
Regulatory deposits 2,205
2,106
1,679
5%
31%
Investment in associates 4,323
4,123
3,719
5%
16%
Current tax assets 64
20
55
large
16%
Deferred tax assets 446
725
659
-38%
-32%
Goodwill and other intangible assets 7,969
7,690
7,142
4%
12%
Investments backing policy liabilities 33,197
32,083
31,199
3%
6%
Other assets 4,803
4,352
4,821
10%
0%
Premises and equipment 2,150
2,164
2,079
-1%
3%
**Total assets ** 737,815
702,995
672,630
5%
10%
Liabilities
Settlement balances owed by ANZ 8,133
8,695
13,373
-6%
-39%
Collateral received 3,880
3,921
2,877
-1%
35%
Deposits and other borrowings
10
498,318
466,915
451,105
7%
10%
Derivative financial instruments 45,876
47,509
45,070
-3%
2%
Current tax liabilities 285
972
735
-71%
-61%
Deferred tax liabilities 41
14
12
large
large
Policy liabilities 33,402
32,388
31,087
3%
7%
External unit holder liabilities (life insurance funds) 3,334
3,511
3,730
-5%
-11%
Payables and other liabilities 9,615
9,059
9,074
6%
6%
Provisions 1,115
1,228
1,172
-9%
-5%
Bonds and notes 73,552
70,376
60,226
5%
22%
Loan capital
11
13,226
12,804
11,666
3%
13%
Total liabilities 690,777
657,392
630,127
5%
10%
Net assets 47,038
45,603
42,503
3%
11%
Shareholders' equity
Ordinary share capital 23,529
23,641
23,589
0%
0%
Preference share capital 871
871
871
0%
0%
Reserves
13
(334)
(907)
(2,528)
-63%
-87%
Retained earnings
13
22,905
21,936
20,518
4%
12%
Share capital and reserves attributable to
shareholders of the Company
13
46,971
45,541
42,450
3%
11%
Non-controlling interests
13
67
62
53
8%
26%
Total shareholders' equity
13
47,038
45,603
42,503
3%
11%

The notes appearing on pages 100 to 127 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

1. Comparative amounts have changed. Refer to Note 21 for details.

97

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

Half Year
Mar 14 Sep 131 **Mar 131 **
Inflows Inflows Inflows
(Outflows) (Outflows) (Outflows)
$M $M $M
**Cash flows from operating activities **
Interest received 14,309 14,450 14,302
Interest paid (7,389) (8,083) (8,250)
Dividends received 19 92 22
Other operating income received 2,024 7,146 2,470
Other operating expenses paid (4,216) (3,598) (3,753)
Income taxes (paid)/refunds received (1,867) (1,203) (1,291)
Net cash flows from funds management and insurance business
Premiums, other income and life investment deposits received 3,552 3,360 2,733
Investment income and policy deposits received/(paid) 48 139 59
Claims and policy liability payments (2,642) (2,595) (2,388)
Commission expensepaid (230) (239) (207)
Cash flows from operating activities before changes in
operating assets and liabilities
3,608 9,469 3,697
Changes in operating assets and liabilities arising from
cash flow movements
(Increase)/decrease in operating assets
Collateral paid 396 169 179
Trading securities (4,990) (1,624) 2,392
Loans and advances (16,357) (13,088) (15,610)
Net cash flows from investments backing policy liabilities
Purchase of insurance assets (2,474) (2,166) (1,339)
Proceeds from sale/maturity of insurance assets 2,217 2,413 1,928
Increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings 27,397 (3,816) 31,357
Settlement balances owed by ANZ (624) (4,678) 7,957
Collateral received (70) 1,045 346
Payables and other liabilities 347 (2) (1,023)
Change in operating assets and liabilities arising from
cash flow movements
5,842 (21,747) 26,187
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities 9,450 (12,278) 29,884
Cash flows from investing activities
Available-for-sale assets
Purchases (6,713) (6,091) (10,229)
Proceeds from sale or maturity 7,947 2,683 7,541
Controlled entities and associates
Purchased (net of cash acquired) - (1) (1)
Proceeds from sale (net of cash disposed) 9 56 25
Premises and equipment
Purchases (135) (207) (149)
Other assets (856) (684) (550)
Net cashprovided by/(used in) investing activities 252 (4,244) (3,363)
Cash flows from financing activities
Bonds and notes
Issue proceeds 10,814 11,915 6,980
Redemptions (8,860) (9,090) (10,683)
Loan capital
Issue proceeds 1,874 1,118 750
Redemptions (1,505) (500) (965)
Dividends paid (1,970) (1,569) (1,657)
Share capital issues 2 9 21
Share buyback (500) (425) -
Net cashprovided by/(used in) financing activities (145) 1,458 (5,554)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 9,557 (15,064) 20,967
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 49,023 60,777 41,450
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (88) 3,310 (1,640)
Cash and cash equivalents at end ofperiod 58,492 49,023 60,777

1. Comparative amounts have changed as a result of the changes referred to in Note 21.

The notes appearing on pages 100 to 127 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

98

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

Shareholders'
equity
Ordinary attributable to Non- Total
share Preference Retained
Equity holders of
controlling Shareholders'
capital shares **Reserves1 ** earnings
the Bank
interests equity
$M $M $M $M $M $M $M
As at 1 October 2012 23,070 871 (2,498) 19,728 41,171 49 41,220
Restatement(refer Note 1) - - - (17) (17) - (17)
As at 1 October 2012 (restated) 23,070 871 (2,498) 19,711 41,154 49 41,203
Profit or loss - - - 2,937 2,937 5 2,942
Other comprehensive income for the period - - (29) (23) (52) - (52)
Total comprehensive income for the period - - (29) 2,914 2,885 5 2,890
Transactions with equity holders in
their capacity as equity holders:
Dividends paid - - - (2,118) (2,118) - (2,118)
Dividend income on treasury shares
held within the Group's - - - 10 10 - 10
life insurance statutory funds
Dividend reinvestment plan 451 - - - 451 - 451
Transactions with non-controlling interests - - - - - (1) (1)
Other equity movements:
Group share option scheme 21 - - - 21 - 21
Treasury shares Global Wealth adjustment 27 - - - 27 - 27
Group employee share acquisition
Scheme
20 - - - 20 - 20
Transfer of options/rights lapsed - - (1) 1 - - -
As at 31 March 2013 23,589 871 (2,528) 20,518 42,450 53 42,503
Profit or loss - - - 3,329 3,329 5 3,334
Other comprehensive income for the period - - 1,629 48 1,677 5 1,682
Total comprehensive income for the period - - 1,629 3,377 5,006 10 5,016
Transactions with equity holders in
their capacity as equity holders:
Dividends paid - - - (1,970) (1,970) (1) (1,971)
Dividend income on treasury shares
held within the Group's - - - 10 10 - 10
life insurance statutory funds
Dividend reinvestment plan 392 - - - 392 - 392
Transactions with non-controlling interests - - (10) - (10) - (10)
Other equity movements:
Share based payments/(exercises) - - 3 - 3 - 3
Group share option scheme 9 - - - 9 - 9
Treasury shares Global Wealth adjustment (20) - - - (20) - (20)
Group employee share acquisition
scheme
96 - - - 96 - 96
Group share buyback (425) - - - (425) - (425)
Transfer of options/rights lapsed - - (1) 1 - - -
As at 30 September 2013 23,641 871 (907) 21,936 45,541 62 45,603
Profit or loss - - - 3,381 3,381 6 3,387
Other comprehensive income for the period - - 576 26 602 - 602
Total comprehensive income for the period - - 576 3,407 3,983 6 3,989
Transactions with equity holders in
their capacity as equity holders:
Dividends paid - - - (2,458) (2,458) (1) (2,459)
Dividend income on treasury shares held within
the Group's life insurance statutory funds
- - - 12 12 - 12
Dividend reinvestment plan 476 - - - 476 - 476
Transactions with non-controlling interests - - - - - -
Other equity movements:
Share based payments/(exercises) - - 5 - 5 - 5
Group share option scheme 2 - - - 2 - 2
Treasury shares Global Wealth adjustment (2) - - - (2) - (2)
Group employee share acquisition
scheme
(88) - - - (88) - (88)
Group share buyback (500) - - - (500) - (500)
Transfer of options/rights lapsed - - (8) 8 - - -
As at 31 March 2014 23,529 871 (334) 22,905 46,971 67 47,038

1. Further information on reserves is disclosed in Note 13.

The notes appearing on pages 100 to 127 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

99

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of preparation

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

  • have been prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards (“AASs”);

  • should be read in conjunction with ANZ’s Annual Financial Statements for the year ended 30 September 2013 and any public announcements made by the Parent Entity and its controlled entities (the Group) for the half year ended 31 March 2014 in accordance with the continuous disclosure obligations under the Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing Rules;

  • are Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as defined in the AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting (“AASB 134”). This report does not include all notes of the type normally included in ANZ’s Annual Financial Statements;

  • are presented in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated; and

  • were approved by the Board of Directors on 30 April 2014.

i) Statement of compliance

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and AASB 134 which ensures compliance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting.

ii) Accounting policies

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting policies and using methods of computation consistent with those applied in the 2013 Annual Financial Statements with the exception of changes in policies arising from the adoption of a number of new and revised AAS’s that are effective from 1 October 2013 as described below:

  • AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (“AASB 10”)

This standard replaces AASB 127 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and Interpretation 112 Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities and establishes the principles for when the Group controls another entity and is required to consolidate the other entity in the Group’s Financial Statements. The standard provides a single definition of control based on whether the investor is exposed to, or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with an investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Implementation of AASB 10 did not materially impact the Group.

  • AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement (“AASB 13”)

This standard provides a single source of guidance on fair value measurement for financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Consequential amendments to AASB 134 require additional fair value disclosures for financial assets and liabilities for Interim Financial Reports which have been included in Note 14. Comparative information is not required in the first year of application. Initial application of the standard did not materially impact the Group.

  • AASB 119 Employee Benefits (amended 2011)

These amendments impact the accounting for and disclosure of employee benefits by employers. The amendment to this standard has resulted in a change to the measurement of interest costs from defined benefit obligations.

In accordance with transitional provisions the changes have been applied retrospectively, with the net impact of initial application recognised in retained earnings as at 1 October 2012 and shown in the statement of changes in equity. The comparative balances of payables and other liabilities and the associated deferred tax asset have been restated. Refer to Note 21 for further details.

iii) Basis of measurement

The financial information has been prepared in accordance with the historical cost basis except that the following assets and liabilities are stated at their fair value:

  • derivative financial instruments, including in the case of fair value hedging, the fair value adjustment on the underlying hedged exposure;

  • available-for-sale financial assets;

  • financial instruments held for trading; and

  • assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss.

In accordance with AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts, life insurance liabilities are measured using the Margin on Services model.

In accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefits, defined benefit obligations are measured using the Projected Unit Credit method.

iv) Use of estimates, assumptions and judgments

The preparation of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements requires the use of management judgement, estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and the application of accounting policies. Discussion of the critical accounting treatments, which include complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are covered in Note 2 of the 2013 Annual Financial Statements. Such estimates and judgements are reviewed on an ongoing basis.

v) Rounding of amounts

The amounts contained in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where otherwise indicated, as permitted by Australian Securities and Investments Commission Class Order 98/100.

vi) Comparatives

Certain amounts in the comparative information have been reclassified to conform with current period financial statement presentations. Refer to Note 21 for further details.

100

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Income

Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Interest income 14,430
14,301
14,326
1%
1%
Interest expense (7,652)
(7,743)
(8,126)
-1%
-6%
Net interest income 6,778
6,558
6,200
3%
9%
i) Fee and commission income
Lending fees1 396
373
371
6%
7%
Non-lending fees and commissions 1,069
1,042
1,043
3%
2%
Total fee and commission income 1,465
1,415
1,414
4%
4%
Fee and commission expense (210)
(187)
(183)
12%
15%
Net fee and commission income2 1,255
1,228
1,231
2%
2%
ii) Net funds management and insurance income
Funds management income 458
444
418
3%
10%
Investment income 1,232
1,832
2,303
-33%
-47%
Insurance premium income 534
829
519
-36%
3%
Commission income/(expense) (230)
(239)
(207)
-4%
11%
Claims (345)
(364)
(345)
-5%
0%
Changes in policy liabilities3 (998)
(1,734)
(1,935)
-42%
-48%
Elimination of treasury share (gain)/loss (40)
(33)
(57)
21%
-30%
Total net funds management and insurance income 611
735
696
-17%
-12%
iii) Share of associates' profit 247
271
211
-9%
17%
iv) Other income
Net foreign exchange earnings 593
377
467
57%
27%
Net gains from trading securities and derivatives 15
33
267
-55%
-94%
Credit risk on credit intermediation trades 9
15
48
-40%
-81%
Movement on financial instruments measured at fair
value through profit & loss4
(140)
236
(241)
large
-42%
Brokerage income 28
28
25
0%
12%
Write-down of investment in SSI -
(26)
-
-100%
n/a
Dilution gain on investment in Bank of Tianjin 12
-
-
n/a
n/a
Insurance settlement 26
-
-
n/a
n/a
Other 84
68
32
24%
Large
**Total other income ** 627
731
598
-14%
5%
**Total other operating income5 ** 2,740
2,965
2,736
-8%
0%
Total income 17,170
17,266
17,062
-1%
1%

1. Lending fees exclude fees treated as part of the effective yield calculation in interest income.

2.

3.

4.

Includes interchange fees paid.

Includes policyholder tax gross up, which represents contribution tax (recovered at 15% on the super contributions made by members) debited to the policyholder account once a year in July when the statement is issued to the members at the end of the 30 June financial year.

  • Includes fair value movements (excluding realised and accrued interest) on derivatives not designated as accounting hedges entered into to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk on funding instruments, ineffective portions of cashflow hedges, and fair value movements in financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss.

5. Total income includes external dividend income of $0.2 million (Sep 13 half: $1.8 million; Mar 13 half: $2.5 million).

101

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3. Operating expenses

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Personnel
Employee entitlements and taxes 131
149
115
-12%
14%
Salaries and wages 1,627
1,556
1,547
5%
5%
Superannuation costs - defined benefit plans 4
9
6
-56%
-33%
Superannuation costs - defined contribution plans 148
140
143
6%
3%
Equity-settled share-based payments 110
99
101
11%
9%
Temporary staff 82
84
64
-2%
28%
Other 391
380
371
3%
5%
Total personnel expenses 2,493
2,417
2,347
3%
6%
Premises
Depreciation and amortisation 50
41
47
22%
6%
Rent 226
227
208
0%
9%
Utilities and other outgoings 89
89
81
0%
10%
Other 26
20
20
30%
30%
Total premises expenses 391
377
356
4%
10%
Computer
Computer contractors 124
72
109
72%
14%
Data communications 61
60
55
2%
11%
Depreciation and amortisation 265
258
238
3%
11%
Rentals and repairs 69
71
71
-3%
-3%
Software purchased 105
155
120
-32%
-13%
Software impairment 1
-
8
n/a
-88%
Other 15
9
17
67%
-12%
Total computer expenses 640
625
618
2%
4%
Other
Advertising and public relations 125
129
112
-3%
12%
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 45
50
50
-10%
-10%
Audit and other fees 11
8
10
38%
10%
Depreciation of furniture and equipment 50
48
49
4%
2%
Freight and cartage 34
33
32
3%
6%
Loss on sale and write-off of equipment 2
8
7
-75%
-71%
Non-lending losses 27
26
28
4%
-4%
Postage and stationery 65
67
61
-3%
7%
Professional fees 106
150
118
-29%
-10%
Telephone 36
36
34
0%
6%
Travel 93
102
85
-9%
9%
Other 133
109
80
22%
66%
Total other expenses 727
766
666
-5%
9%
Restructuring
New Zealand simplification programme -
4
14
-100%
-100%
Other 35
24
43
46%
-19%
Total restructuring expenses 35
28
57
25%
-39%
Operating expenses 4,286
4,213
4,044
2%
6%

102

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4. Income tax expense

Reconciliation of the prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax profit with
the income tax expense charged in the Income Statement
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Profit before income tax 4,705
4,710
4,304
0%
9%
Prima facie income tax expense at 30% 1,412
1,413
1,291
0%
9%
Tax effect of permanent differences:
Overseas tax rate differential (59)
(25)
(16)
large
large
Rebateable and non-assessable dividends (1)
(1)
(3)
0%
-67%
Profit from associates (74)
(81)
(63)
-9%
17%
Write-down of investment in SSI -
8
-
-100%
n/a
Offshore Banking Unit (1)
(2)
(4)
-50%
-75%
Global Wealth - Policyholder income and contributions tax 21
130
131
-84%
-84%
Global Wealth - Tax consolidation adjustment -
(50)
-
-100%
n/a
Tax provisions no longer required (25)
-
(4)
n/a
large
Interest on Convertible Instruments 32
29
29
10%
10%
Other 13
(48)
2
large
large
1,318
1,373
1,363
-4%
-3%
Income tax under/(over) provided in previous years -
3
(1)
-100%
-100%
Total income tax expense charged
1,318
1,376
1,362
-4%
-3%
in the income statement
Australia 879
1,013
1,054
-13%
-17%
Overseas 439
363
308
21%
43%
1,318
1,376
1,362
-4%
-3%
Effective Tax Rate - Group 28.0%
29.2%
31.6%

103

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

5. Dividends

Half Year
Movement
Dividend per ordinary share (cents) Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Interim (fully franked) 83
n/a
73
n/a
14%
Final (fully franked) n/a
91
n/a
n/a
n/a
**Ordinary share dividend1 ** $M
$M
$M
%
%
Interim dividend -
2,003
-
n/a
n/a
Final dividend 2,497
-
2,150
n/a
16%
Bonus option plan adjustment (42)
(36)
(35)
17%
20%
Total2 2,455
1,967
2,115
25%
16%
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio (%)3 67.4%
75.1%
68.3%

1. Dividends paid to ordinary equity holders of the Company. Excludes dividends payable by subsidiaries of the Group to non-controlling equity holders of approximately $1 million (Sep 13 half: $1 million; Mar 13 half: nil).

2.

3.

Dividends payable are not accrued and are recorded when paid.

  • Dividend payout ratio is calculated using proposed 2014 interim dividend of $2,278 million (not shown in the above table). The proposed 2014 interim dividend of $2,278 million is based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the dividend record date. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2013 half year and March 2013 half year are calculated using actual dividend paid of $2,497 million and $2,003 million respectively. Dividend payout ratio is calculated by adjusting profit attributable to shareholders of the company by the amount of preference share dividends paid.

Ordinary Shares

The Directors propose that an interim dividend of 83 cents be paid on each eligible fully paid ANZ ordinary share on 1 July 2014. The proposed 2014 interim dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes and New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 10 cents per ordinary share will also be attached.

ANZ has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and a Bonus Option Plan (BOP) that will operate in respect of the proposed 2014 interim dividend. For the 2014 interim dividend, ANZ intends to provide shares under the DRP and BOP through the issue of new shares. The “Acquisition Price” to be used in determining the number of shares to be provided under the DRP and BOP will be calculated by reference to the arithmetic average of the daily volume weighted average sale price of all fully paid ANZ ordinary shares sold in the ordinary course of trading on the ASX during the ten trading days commencing on 16 May 2014, and then rounded to the nearest whole cent. Shares provided under the DRP and BOP will rank equally in all respects with existing fully paid ANZ ordinary shares. Election notices from shareholders wanting to commence, cease or vary their participation in the DRP or BOP for the 2014 interim dividend must be received by ANZ's Share Registrar by 5.00pm (Australian Eastern Standard Time) on 14 May 2014.

Subject to receiving effective contrary instructions from the shareholder, dividends payable to shareholders with a registered address in the United Kingdom (including the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man) or New Zealand will be converted to Pounds Sterling and New Zealand Dollars respectively at an exchange rate calculated on 16 May 2014.

Preference Shares

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Preference share dividend
Euro Trust Securities 3
3
3
0%
0%
Dividend per preference share
Euro Trust Securities €4.60
€4.45
€4.37
3%
5%

104

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6. Earnings per share

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Number of fully paid ordinary shares on issue (M)1 2,744.1
2,743.7
2,743.7
0%
0%
Basic
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company ($M) 3,381
3,329
2,937
2%
15%
Less Preference share dividends ($M) (3)
(3)
(3)
0%
0%
Profit less preference share dividends ($M) 3,378
3,326
2,934
2%
15%
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (M)2 2,715.2
2,714.8
2,704.1
0%
0%
Basic earnings per share (cents) 124.4
122.5
108.5
2%
15%
Diluted
Profit less preference share dividends ($M) 3,378
3,326
2,934
2%
15%
Interest on US Trust Securities ($M)3 7
17
14
-59%
-50%
Interest on ANZ Convertible Preference Shares ($M)4 85
90
96
-6%
-11%
Interest on ANZ Capital Notes ($M)5 24
7
-
large
n/a
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company
excluding interest on US Trust Securities, ANZ Convertible Preference Shares 3,494
3,440
3,044
2%
15%
and ANZ Capital Notes ($M)
Weighted average number of shares on issue (M)2 2,715.2
2,714.8
2,704.1
0%
0%
Weighted average number of convertible options (M) 5.0
4.8
5.3
4%
-6%
Weighted average number of convertible US Trust Securities (M)3 16.8
27.5
26.5
-39%
-37%
Weighted average number of ANZ Convertible Preference Shares (M)4 134.5
144.6
156.0
-7%
-14%
Weighted average number of convertible ANZ Capital Notes (M)5 34.5
11.0
-
large
n/a
Adjusted weighted average number of shares - diluted (M)6 2,906.0
2,902.7
2,891.9
0%
0%
Diluted earnings per share (cents) 120.2
118.5
105.3
1%
14%

1. Number of fully paid ordinary shares on issue includes Treasury shares of 26.9 million at 31 March 2014 (Sep 13: 28.4 million; Mar 13: 28.7 million), comprised of 12.6 million Treasury shares held in Global Wealth (Sep 13: 12.6 million; Mar 13: 12.1 million) and 14.3 million in ANZEST Pty Ltd (Sep 13: 15.8 million; Mar 13: 16.6 million).

2.

3.

Weighted average number of ordinary shares excludes 12.8 million weighted average number of ordinary Treasury shares held in Global Wealth (Sep 13: 12.7 million; Mar 13: 12.5 million) and 15.0 million weighted average number of ordinary Treasury shares held in ANZEST Pty Ltd (Sep 13: 16.4 million; Mar 13: 16.6 million) for the group employee share acquisition scheme.

The US Trust Securities (issued on 27 November 2003) were due to convert to ANZ ordinary shares in 2053 at the market price of ANZ ordinary shares less 5% unless redeemed or bought back prior to that date. The US Trust Securities were redeemed by ANZ for cash at face value on 16 December 2013.

4. There are three “tranches” of convertible preference shares. The first are convertible preference shares (CPS1) issued on 30 September 2008 which convert to ordinary shares on 16 June 2014 at the market price of ANZ ordinary shares less 2.5% (subject to certain conversion conditions). On 31 March 2014, 6.3 million CPS1 were cancelled and re-invested in ANZ Capital Notes 2 (CN2) issued on that date. The second are convertible preference shares (CPS2) issued on 17 December 2009 and convert to ordinary shares on 15 December 2016 at the market price of ANZ ordinary shares less 1.0% (subject to certain conversion conditions). The third are convertible preference shares (CPS3) issued on 28 September 2011 that convert to ordinary shares on 1 September 2019 at the market price of ANZ ordinary shares less 1% (subject to certain conversion conditions).

5. There are two “tranches” of ANZ Capital Notes. The first are ANZ Capital Notes (CN1) issued on 7 August 2013 which convert to ANZ ordinary shares on 1 September 2023 at the market price of ANZ ordinary shares less 1.0% (subject to certain market conditions). The second are ANZ Capital Notes 2 (CN2) issued on 31 March 2014 which convert to ANZ ordinary shares on 24 March 2024 at the market price of ANZ ordinary shares less 1.0% (subject to certain market conditions).

6. The earnings per share calculation excludes the Euro Trust Securities (Preference Shares).

105

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7. Net loans and advances

As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia
Overdrafts 5,756
6,400
5,779
-10%
0%
Credit card outstandings 8,852
8,847
8,761
0%
1%
Commercial bills outstanding 12,224
13,855
16,388
-12%
-25%
Term loans - housing 201,396
194,755
187,708
3%
7%
Term loans - non-housing 106,967
99,162
93,948
8%
14%
Lease receivables 1,563
1,597
1,560
-2%
0%
Hire purchase 1,764
2,118
2,388
-17%
-26%
Other 490
79
704
large
-30%
339,012
326,813
317,236
4%
7%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America
Overdrafts 1,456
1,239
1,077
18%
35%
Credit card outstandings 1,135
1,103
994
3%
14%
Commercial bills outstanding 2,431
2,681
1,539
-9%
58%
Term loans - housing 6,063
5,737
4,494
6%
35%
Term loans - non-housing 65,115
58,927
52,385
11%
24%
Lease receivables 140
147
132
-5%
6%
Other 121
303
334
-60%
-64%
76,461
70,137
60,955
9%
25%
New Zealand
Overdrafts 1,221
1,194
987
2%
24%
Credit card outstandings 1,430
1,297
1,135
10%
26%
Term loans - housing 57,254
52,785
46,080
8%
24%
Term loans - non-housing 36,110
33,838
30,422
7%
19%
Lease receivables 105
114
119
-8%
-12%
Hire purchase 720
642
535
12%
35%
Other 117
111
108
5%
8%
96,957
89,981
79,386
8%
22%
Total gross loans and advances 512,430
486,931
457,577
5%
12%
Less: Provision for credit impairment (refer note 8) (4,313)
(4,354)
(4,312)
-1%
0%
Less: Unearned income1 (1,052)
(1,067)
(1,087)
-1%
-3%
Add: Capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees2 1,000
942
869
6%
15%
Add: Customers' liabilities for acceptances 1,185
812
1,269
46%
-7%
(3,180)
(3,667)
(3,261)
-13%
-2%
Total net loans and advances 509,250
483,264
454,316
5%
12%

1. Includes fees deferred and amortised using the effective interest method of $391 million (Sep 13: $381 million; Mar 13: $362 million).

2. Capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees are amortised over the term of the loan.

106

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8. Provision for credit impairment

Half Year
Movement
Collective provision Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Balance at start of period 2,887
2,769
2,765
4%
4%
Charge/(credit) to income statement (74)
26
4
large
large
Adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations 30
92
-
-67%
n/a
**Total collective provision1 ** 2,843
2,887
2,769
-2%
3%
Individual provision
Balance at start of period 1,467
1,543
1,773
-5%
-17%
New and increased provisions 966
957
932
1%
4%
Write-backs (257)
(247)
(240)
4%
7%
Adjustment for exchange rate fluctuations 12
54
(3)
-78%
large
Discount unwind (30)
(47)
(55)
-36%
-45%
Bad debts written-off (688)
(793)
(864)
-13%
-20%
Total individual provision 1,470
1,467
1,543
0%
-5%
Total provision for credit impairment 4,313
4,354
4,312
-1%
0%

1. The collective provision includes amounts for off-balance sheet credit exposures: $597 million at Mar 14 (Sep 13: $595 million; Mar 13: $531 million). The impact on the income statement for the half year ended 31 March 2014 was an $8 million release (Sep 13 half: $35 million charge; Mar 13 half: $2 million charge).

Half Year
Movement
Provision movement analysis Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
New and increased provisions
Australia 688
658
646
5%
7%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 152
143
132
6%
15%
New Zealand 126
156
154
-19%
-18%
966
957
932
1%
4%
Write-backs (257)
(247)
(240)
4%
7%
709
710
692
0%
2%
Recoveries of amounts previously written-off (108)
(136)
(111)
-21%
-3%
Individual credit impairment charge for loans and advances 601
574
581
5%
3%
Impairment on available-for-sale assets -
-
3
n/a
-100%
Collective credit impairment charge/(credit) to income statement (74)
26
4
large
large
Credit impairment charge 527
600
588
-12%
-10%
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Individual provision balance
Australia 941
944
955
0%
-1%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 296
262
275
13%
8%
New Zealand 233
261
313
-11%
-26%
Total individual provision 1,470
1,467
1,543
0%
-5%

107

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. Credit quality

Financial Assets maximum exposure to credit risk

For financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount. In certain circumstances, there may be differences between the carrying amounts reported on the balance sheet and the amounts reported in the table below. Principally, these differences arise in respect of financial assets that are subject to risks other than credit risk, such as equity investments which are primarily subject to market risk. For contingent exposures, the maximum exposure to credit risk is the maximum amount the Group would have to pay if the instrument is called upon. For undrawn facilities, the maximum exposure to credit risk is the full amount of the committed facilities.

The following table presents the maximum exposure to credit risk of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements.

Maximum
As at March 2014
$M
Reported **Excluded1 ** exposure to
credit risk
Cash 33,651 1,511 32,140
Settlement balances owed to ANZ 16,209 - 16,209
Collateral Paid 6,219 - 6,219
Trading securities 46,170 - 46,170
Derivative financial instruments2 43,829 - 43,829
Available-for-sale assets 27,330 37 27,293
Net loans and advances3 509,250 - 509,250
Regulatory deposits 2,205 - 2,205
Investments relating to insurance business 33,197 33,197 -
Other financial assets4 8,076 - 8,076
On-balance sheet sub total 726,136 34,745 691,391
Undrawn facilities 177,386 - 177,386
Contingent facilities 39,268 - 39,268
Off-balance sheet sub total 216,654 - 216,654
Total 942,790 34,745 908,045
As at September 2013
$M
Cash 25,270 1,318 23,952
Settlement balances owed to ANZ 19,225 - 19,225
Collateral Paid 6,530 - 6,530
Trading securities 41,288 - 41,288
Derivative financial instruments2 45,878 - 45,878
Available-for-sale assets 28,277 59 28,218
Net loans and advances3 483,264 - 483,264
Regulatory deposits 2,106 - 2,106
Investments relating to insurance business 32,083 32,083 -
Other financial assets4 7,038 - 7,038
On-balance sheet sub total 690,959 33,460 657,499
Undrawn facilities 170,670 - 170,670
Contingent facilities 36,532 - 36,532
Off-balance sheet sub total 207,202 - 207,202
Total 898,161 33,460 864,701

1. Includes bank notes and coins within cash, equity instruments within available-for-sale financial assets and investments relating to the insurance business where the credit risk is passed onto the policy holder.

2.

Derivative financial instruments are net of credit valuation adjustments.

3.

Includes individual and collective provisions for credit impairment held in respect of credit related commitments. 4.

Mainly comprises trade dated assets and accrued interest.

108

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As at March 2013 Maximum
$M Reported **Excluded1 **
exposure to
credit risk
Cash 39,779 1,629 38,150
Settlement balances owed to ANZ 15,804 - 15,804
Collateral Paid 6,699 - 6,699
Trading securities 39,569 - 39,569
Derivative financial instruments2 41,700 - 41,700
Available-for-sale assets 23,410 65 23,345
Net loans and advances3 454,316 - 454,316
Regulatory deposits 1,679 - 1,679
Investments relating to insurance business 31,199 31,087 112
Other financial assets4 5,662 - 5,662
On-balance sheet sub total 659,817 32,781 627,036
Undrawn facilities 152,467 - 152,467
Contingent facilities 34,008 - 34,008
Off-balance sheet sub total 186,475 - 186,475
Total 846,292 32,781 813,511

1. Includes bank notes and coins within cash, equity instruments within available-for-sale financial assets and investments relating to the insurance business where the credit risk is passed onto the policy holder.

2.

3.

4.

Derivative financial instruments are net of credit valuation adjustments.

Includes individual and collective provisions for credit impairment held in respect of credit related commitments.

Mainly comprises trade dated assets and accrued interest.

109

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. Credit quality, cont’d

Distribution of financial assets by credit quality

As at March 2014 Neither past due Past due but not Net
$M nor impaired impaired Restructured Impaired Total
Cash 32,140 - - - 32,140
Settlement balances owed to ANZ 16,209 - - - 16,209
Collateral Paid 6,219 - - - 6,219
Trading securities 46,170 - - - 46,170
Derivative financial instruments1 43,771 - - 58 43,829
Available-for-sale assets 27,293 - - - 27,293
Net loans and advances2 494,860 13,083 60 1,918 509,921
Regulatory deposits 2,205 - - - 2,205
Investments backing policy liabilities - - - - -
Other financial assets3 8,076 - - - 8,076
Credit related commitments4 215,869 - - 114 215,983
Total 892,812 13,083 60 2,090 908,045
As at September 2013
$M
Cash 23,952 - - - 23,952
Settlement balances owed to ANZ 19,225 - - - 19,225
Collateral Paid 6,530 - - - 6,530
Trading securities 41,288 - - - 41,288
Derivative financial instruments1 45,786 - 25 67 45,878
Available-for-sale assets 28,218 - - - 28,218
Net loans and advances2 469,496 11,763 316 2,311 483,886
Regulatory deposits 2,106 - - - 2,106
Investments backing policy liabilities - - - - -
Other financial assets3 7,038 - - - 7,038
Credit related commitments4 206,502 - - 78 206,580
Total 850,141 11,763 341 2,456 864,701
As at March 2013
$M
Cash 38,150 - - - 38,150
Settlement balances owed to ANZ 15,804 - - - 15,804
Collateral Paid 6,699 - - - 6,699
Trading securities 39,569 - - - 39,569
Derivative financial instruments1 41,592 - 25 83 41,700
Available-for-sale assets 23,345 - - - 23,345
Net loans and advances2 440,076 11,837 499 2,460 454,872
Regulatory deposits 1,679 - - - 1,679
Investments backing policy liabilities 112 - - - 112
Other financial assets3 5,662 - - - 5,662
Credit related commitments4 185,844 - - 75 185,919
Total 798,532 11,837 524 2,618 813,511

1. Derivative assets, considered impaired, are net of credit valuation adjustments.

2.

Individual and collective provisions for credit impairment held in respect of credit related commitments have been reallocated to credit related commitments in this table. 3. Mainly comprises trade dated assets and accrued interest.

4.

  • Comprises undrawn commitments and customer contingent liabilities net of collective and individual provisions.

110

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. Credit quality, cont’d

Credit quality of financial assets neither past due nor impaired

The credit quality of financial assets is managed by the Group using internal ratings based on their current probability of default. The Group’s masterscales are mapped to external rating agency scales, to enable wider comparisons.

Sub-standard but Sub-standard but
As at March 2014
$M
Strong credit
profile1
**Satisfactory risk2 ** not past due or
**impaired3 **
Total
Cash 31,929 211 - 32,140
Settlement balances owed to ANZ 15,345 732 132 16,209
Collateral Paid 6,217 2 - 6,219
Trading securities 46,170 - - 46,170
Derivative financial instruments 42,841 851 79 43,771
Available-for-sale assets 25,980 1,297 16 27,293
Net loans and advances 377,153 101,346 16,361 494,860
Regulatory deposits 1,611 538 56 2,205
Investments backing policy liabilities - - - -
Other financial assets4 7,724 304 48 8,076
Credit related commitments5 183,807 29,851 2,211 215,869
738,777 135,132 18,903 892,812
As at September 2013
$M
Cash 23,951 1 - 23,952
Settlement balances owed to ANZ 19,137 77 11 19,225
Collateral Paid 6,528 2 - 6,530
Trading securities 41,288 - - 41,288
Derivative financial instruments 44,465 1,170 151 45,786
Available-for-sale assets 26,923 1,280 15 28,218
Net loans and advances 350,119 101,783 17,594 469,496
Regulatory deposits 1,132 445 529 2,106
Other financial assets4 6,698 289 51 7,038
Credit related commitments5 174,565 29,661 2,276 206,502
694,806 134,708 20,627 850,141
As at March 2013
$M
Cash 38,054 95 1 38,150
Settlement balances owed to ANZ 15,536 267 1 15,804
Collateral Paid 6,698 1 - 6,699
Trading securities 39,328 240 1 39,569
Derivative financial instruments 40,582 802 208 41,592
Available-for-sale assets 21,819 1,520 6 23,345
Net loans and advances 325,853 96,751 17,472 440,076
Regulatory deposits 810 405 464 1,679
Investments backing policy liabilities 112 - - 112
Other financial assets4 5,276 327 59 5,662
Credit related commitments5 154,240 29,379 2,225 185,844
648,308 129,787 20,437 798,532

1. Customers that have demonstrated superior stability in their operating and financial performance over the long-term, and whose debt servicing capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events. This rating broadly corresponds to ratings “Aaa” to “Baa3” and “AAA” to “BBB-” of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s respectively.

2. Customers that have consistently demonstrated sound operational and financial stability over the medium to long term, even though some may be susceptible to cyclical trends or variability in earnings. This rating broadly corresponds to ratings “Ba2” to “Ba3” and “BB” to “BB-” of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s respectively.

3. Customers that have demonstrated some operational and financial instability, with variability and uncertainty in profitability and liquidity projected to continue over the short and possibly medium term. This rating broadly corresponds to ratings “B1” to “Caa” and “B+” to “CCC” of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s respectively.

4. Mainly comprises trade dated assets and accrued interest.

5.

Comprises undrawn commitments and customer contingent liabilities net of collective provisions.

111

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. Credit quality, cont’d

Ageing analysis of financial assets that are past due but not impaired

Ageing analysis of past due loans is used by the Group to measure and manage emerging credit risks. Financial assets that are past due but not impaired include those which are assessed, approved and managed on a portfolio basis within a centralised environment (for example credit cards and personal loans), that can be held on a productive basis until they are 180 days past due, as well as those which are managed on an individual basis.

A large portion of retail credit exposures, such as residential mortgages, are generally well secured. That is, the value of associated security is sufficient to cover amounts outstanding.

March 2014 Half Year
**$M ** 1-5 days 6-29 days 30-59 days 60-89 days > 90 days Total
Net loans and advances 3,345 4,660 2,037 980 2,061 13,083
Total 3,345 4,660 2,037 980 2,061 13,083
September 2013 Half Year
**$M ** 1-5 days 6-29 days 30-59 days 60-89 days > 90 days Total
Net loans and advances 3,096 4,416 1,506 927 1,818 11,763
Total 3,096 4,416 1,506 927 1,818 11,763
March 2013 Half Year
**$M ** 1-5 days 6-29 days 30-59 days 60-89 days > 90 days Total
Net loans and advances 2,088 5,294 1,870 889 1,696 11,837
Total 2,088 5,294 1,870 889 1,696 11,837

Financial assets that are individually impaired

ANZ regularly reviews its portfolio and monitors adherence to contractual terms. When doubt arises as to the collectability of a credit facility, the financial instrument (or ‘the facility’) is classified and reported as individually impaired and an individual provision is allocated against it.

As described in the summary of significant accounting policies in the 2013 Annual Financial Statements, provisions are created for financial instruments that are reported on the balance sheet at amortised cost. For instruments reported at fair value, impairment provisions are treated as part of overall change in fair value and directly reduce the reported carrying amounts.

Impaired instruments
Individual provision balances
As at ($M)
As at ($M)
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Derivative financial instruments1 58
67
83
-
-
-
Net loans and advances 3,314
3,751
3,978
1,396
1,440
1,518
Credit related commitments2 188
105
100
74
27
25
Total 3,560
3,923
4,161
1,470
1,467
1,543

1. Derivative assets, considered impaired, are net of credit valuation adjustments.

2. Comprises undrawn commitments and customer contingent liabilities.

As at ($M)
Movement
Mar 14
Mar 14
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Less than $10 million 2,204
2,235
2,246
-1%
-2%
$10 million to $100 million 897
1,491
1,659
-40%
-46%
Greater than $100 million 519
538
780
-4%
-33%
Gross impaired assets1 3,620
4,264
4,685
-15%
-23%
Less: Individually assessed provisions for impairment (1,470)
(1,467)
(1,543)
0%
-5%
Net impaired assets 2,150
2,797
3,142
-23%
-32%

1. Includes $60 million restructured items (Sep 13: $341 million; Mar 13: $524 million).

112

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10. Deposits and other borrowings

As at ($M)
Movement
Australia Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Certificates of deposit 51,217
51,448
52,231
0%
-2%
Term deposits 77,900
80,297
78,515
-3%
-1%
Other deposits bearing interest and other borrowings 132,331
121,932
111,895
9%
18%
Deposits not bearing interest 6,157
5,701
5,373
8%
15%
Deposits from banks 13,617
6,767
8,024
large
70%
Commercial paper 8,812
8,015
11,008
10%
-20%
Borrowing corporations' debt 1
19
67
-95%
-99%
290,035
274,179
267,113
6%
9%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America
Certificates of deposit 4,986
4,725
8,030
6%
-38%
Term deposits 79,586
76,259
74,601
4%
7%
Other deposits bearing interest and other borrowings 19,077
18,308
15,412
4%
24%
Deposits not bearing interest 3,990
3,827
3,012
4%
32%
Deposits from banks 22,449
20,314
22,214
11%
1%
Commercial paper 2,166
-
-
n/a
n/a
132,254
123,433
123,269
7%
7%
New Zealand
Certificates of deposit 1,504
2,103
1,303
-28%
15%
Term deposits 32,686
30,135
27,053
8%
21%
Other deposits bearing interest and other borrowings 29,841
26,419
22,735
13%
31%
Deposits not bearing interest 5,468
4,918
4,585
11%
19%
Deposits from banks 30
160
393
-81%
-92%
Commercial paper 5,063
4,240
3,478
19%
46%
Borrowing corporations' debt 1,437
1,328
1,176
8%
22%
76,029
69,303
60,723
10%
25%
Total deposits and other borrowings 498,318
466,915
451,105
7%
10%

113

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11. Loan capital

APRA has granted ANZ transitional capital treatment for the ANZ Convertible Preference Shares (CPS) and all outstanding subordinated notes issued prior to 1 January 2013. Transition will apply up until the security's first call date, except in the case of the outstanding USD and NZD Perpetual Subordinated Notes and ANZ CPS3 where the transitional treatment will apply up until the earlier of the end of the transitional period (January 2021) and the first call date when either a step up event (i.e. an increase in credit margin) or a conversion to ordinary shares is to occur.

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Tier 1
US Trust Securities1 -
812
740
-100%
-100%
Convertible Preference Shares (ANZ CPS)
ANZ CPS12 454
1,081
1,080
-58%
-58%
ANZ CPS23 1,965
1,963
1,961
0%
0%
ANZ CPS34 1,331
1,329
1,327
0%
0%
ANZ Capital Notes 15 1,107
1,106
-
0%
n/a
ANZ Capital Notes 26 1,593
-
-
n/a
n/a
Tier 2
Perpetual subordinated notes 1,108
1,065
957
4%
16%
Subordinated notes 5,668
5,448
5,601
4%
1%
Total Loan Capital 13,226
12,804
11,666
3%
13%

1. On 27 November 2003, ANZ issued USD 750 million Trust Securities each comprising an interest paying unsecured note and a preference share which were stapled together. ANZ redeemed the Trust Securities on 16 December 2013. The securities constituted Additional Tier 1 capital as defined by APRA for capital adequacy purposes.

2.

3.

On 30 September 2008, ANZ issued convertible preference shares (CPS1) which will convert into ANZ ordinary shares on 16 June 2014 at a 2.5% discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied). $627 million CPS1 were reinvested in ANZ Capital Notes 2 (CN2) on 31 March 2014 leaving $454 million outstanding. The securities constitute Additional Tier 1 capital as defined by APRA for capital adequacy purposes.

On 17 December 2009, ANZ issued convertible preference shares (CPS2) which will convert into ANZ ordinary shares on 15 December 2016 at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied). The securities constitute Additional Tier 1 capital as defined by APRA for capital adequacy purposes.

4. On 28 September 2011, ANZ issued convertible preference shares (CPS3) which will convert into ANZ ordinary shares on 1 September 2019 at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied). If ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125% then the convertible preference shares will immediately convert into ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on and from 1 September 2017 the convertible preference shares are redeemable or convertible into ANZ ordinary shares (on similar terms to the mandatory conversion) by ANZ. The securities constitute Additional Tier 1 capital as defined by APRA for capital adequacy purposes.

5. On 7 August 2013, ANZ issued convertible notes (ANZ Capital Notes or CN1) which will convert into ANZ ordinary shares on 1 September 2023 at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied). If ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the notes will immediately convert into ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on and from 1 September 2021 the notes are redeemable or convertible into ANZ ordinary shares (on similar terms to the mandatory conversion) by ANZ. The securities constitute Additional Tier 1 capital as defined by APRA for capital adequacy purposes.

6.

On 31 March 2014, ANZ issued convertible notes (ANZ Capital Notes 2 or CN2) which will convert into ANZ ordinary shares on 24 March 2024 at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied). If ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the notes will immediately convert into ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on and from 24 March 2022 the notes are redeemable or convertible into ANZ ordinary shares (on similar terms to the mandatory conversion) by ANZ. The securities constitute Additional Tier 1 capital as defined by APRA for capital adequacy purposes.

114

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12. Share capital

Issued and quoted securities

Issue price Amount paid
Number quoted per share up per share
Ordinary shares
As at 31 March 2014 2,744,118,670
Issued during the half year 16,352,516
Bought back during half year1 15,889,156
Preference shares
As at 31 March 2014
Euro Trust Securities2,3 500,000 €1,000 €1,000

1. Following the issue of 16.2 million ordinary shares under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Bonus Option Plan for the 2013 final dividend, the Company repurchased $500 million of ordinary shares via an on-market share buy-back resulting in 15.9 million ordinary shares being cancelled.

2.

  • On 13 December 2004, ANZ issued €500 million Trust Securities each comprising subordinated floating rate notes due 2053 stapled to a preference share. Subject to certain conditions, the securities are redeemable by the issuer on 16 December 2014. The securities constitute Additional Tier 1 capital as defined by APRA for capital adequacy purposes.

  • 3.

  • APRA has granted ANZ transitional capital treatment for the Euro Trust Securities (preference shares) until their first call date on 16 December 2014.

13. Shareholders’ equity

Half Year
Movement
Mar 1
Share capital
Balance at start of period 24,512
24,460
23,941
0%
2%
Ordinary share capital
Dividend reinvestment plan 476
392
451
21%
6%
Group employee share acquisition scheme1 (88)
96
20
large
large
Treasury shares in Global Wealth2 (2)
(20)
27
-90%
large
Group share option scheme 2
9
21
-78%
-90%
Group share buyback3 (500)
(425)
-
18%
n/a
Total share capital 24,400
24,512
24,460
0%
0%
Foreign currency translation reserve
Balance at start of period (1,125)
(2,826)
(2,831)
-60%
-60%
Transfer to the income statement (11)
-
-
n/a
n/a
Currency translation adjustments net of hedges after tax 570
1,701
5
-66%
large
Total foreign currency translation reserve (566)
(1,125)
(2,826)
-50%
-80%
**Share option reserve4 **
Balance at start of period 55
53
54
4%
2%
Share based payments/(exercises) 5
3
-
67%
n/a
Transfer of options/rights lapsed to retained earnings (8)
(1)
(1)
large
large
Total share option reserve 52
55
53
-5%
-2%

1. As at 31 March 2014, there were 14.3 million ANZEST Treasury shares outstanding (Sep 13: 15.8 million, Mar 13: 16.6 million) . Shares in the Company which are purchased on-market by ANZEST Pty Ltd (trustee of ANZ employee share and option plans) or issued by the Company to ANZEST Pty Ltd are classified as Treasury shares (to the extent that they relate to unvested employee share-based awards).

2. As at 31 March 2014, there were 12.6 million Global Wealth Treasury shares outstanding (Sep 13: 12.6 million, Mar 13: 12.1 million). Global Wealth purchases and holds shares in the Company to back policy liabilities in the life insurance statutory funds. These shares are classified as Treasury shares.

3.

Following the issue of 16.2 million ordinary shares under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Bonus Option Plan for the 2013 final dividend, the Company repurchased $500 million of ordinary shares via an on-market share buy-back resulting in 15.9 million ordinary shares being cancelled.

4. The share option reserve arises on the grant of share options/deferred share rights/performance rights (“options and rights”) to selected employees under the ANZ Share Option Plan. Amounts are transferred from the share option reserve to other equity accounts when the options and rights are exercised and to retained earnings when lapsed or forfeited after vesting. Forfeited options and rights due to termination prior to vesting are credited to the income statement.

115

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13. Shareholders’ equity, cont’d

==> picture [256 x 13] intentionally omitted <==

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
**Available-for-sale revaluation reserve5 **
Balance at start of period 121
138
94
-12%
29%
Gain/(loss) recognised after tax 62
(21)
15
large
large
Transferred to income statement (32)
4
29
large
large
Total available-for-sale revaluation reserve 151
121
138
25%
9%
**Hedging reserve6 **
Balance at start of period 75
130
208
-42%
-64%
Gain/(loss) recognised after tax -
(52)
(81)
-100%
-100%
Transferred to income statement (13)
(3)
3
large
large
Total hedging reserve 62
75
130
-17%
-52%
Transactions with non-controlling interests reserve
Balance at start of period (33)
(23)
(23)
43%
43%
Transactions with non-controlling interests -
(10)
-
-100%
n/a
Total transactions with non-controlling interests reserve (33)
(33)
(23)
0%
43%
Total reserves (334)
(907)
(2,528)
-63%
-87%
Retained earnings
Balance at start of period 21,936
20,518
19,728
7%
11%
Restatement (refer Note 1) -
-
(17)
n/a
-100%
Restated balance at beginning of period 21,936
20,518
19,711
7%
11%
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 3,381
3,329
2,937
2%
15%
Transfer of options/rights lapsed from share option reserve 8
1
1
large
large
Total available for appropriation 25,325
23,848
22,649
6%
12%
Remeasurement gain/(loss) on defined benefit plans after tax 26
48
(23)
-46%
large
Ordinary share dividends paid (2,455)
(1,967)
(2,115)
25%
16%
Dividend income on Treasury shares held within the
Group's life insurance statutory funds
12
10
10
20%
20%
Preference share dividends paid (3)
(3)
(3)
0%
0%
Retained earnings at end of period 22,905
21,936
20,518
4%
12%
Share capital and reserves attributable to
shareholders of the Company
46,971
45,541
42,450
3%
11%
Non-controlling interests 67
62
53
8%
26%
Total shareholders' equity 47,038
45,603
42,503
3%
11%

5.

The available-for-sale revaluation reserve arises on the revaluation of available-for-sale financial assets. Where a revalued financial asset is sold or impaired, that portion of the reserve which relates to that financial asset is recognised in the income statement.

6. The hedging reserve represents hedging gains and losses recognised on the effective portion of cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in the income statement when the hedged transaction impacts profit or loss.

14. Fair Value Measurement

A significant number of financial instruments are carried on balance sheet at fair value. The following disclosures set out the Group’s fair value measurements, various levels within which the fair value measurements are categorised, valuation methodologies and, techniques and inputs used.

(i) Financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value

Below is a comparison of the carrying amounts as reported on the balance sheet and fair value of financial asset and liability categories other than those categories where the carrying amount is at fair value or considered a reasonable approximation of fair value:

116

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Carrying amount in the balance sheet
Fair Value
At amortised
cost
At fair
value
Total
Mar 14
$M
Mar 14
$M
Mar 14
$M
Mar 14
$M
Financial assets
Net loans and advances1 509,012
238
509,250
509,536
509,012
238
509,250
509,536
Financial liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings 493,255
5,063
498,318
498,423
Bonds and notes1 70,871
2,681
73,552
74,506
Loan capital1 13,226
-
13,226
13,424
577,352
7,744
585,096
586,353

1. Fair value hedging is applied to certain financial instruments within these categories. The resulting fair value adjustments mean that the carrying value differs from the amortised cost.

(ii) Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in the balance sheet

(a) Valuation methodologies

ANZ has an established control framework that ensures fair value is either determined or validated by a function independent of the party that undertakes the transaction. The control framework ensures that all models are calibrated periodically to test that outputs reflect prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument or other available observable market data.

Where quoted market prices are used, prices are independently verified from other sources. For fair values determined using a valuation model, the control framework may include, as applicable, independent development or validation of valuation models, any inputs to those models, any adjustments required outside of the valuation model and, where possible, independent validation of model outputs. In this way, continued appropriateness of the valuations is ensured.

In instances where the Group holds offsetting risk positions, the Group uses the portfolio exemption in AASB 13 to measure the fair value of such groups of financial assets and financial liabilities on the basis of the price that would be received to sell a net long position (that is, an asset) for a particular risk exposure or to transfer a net short position (that is, a liability) for a particular risk exposure.

The Group categorises its fair value measurements on the basis of inputs used in measuring fair value using the fair value hierarchy below:

  • Level 1 – Financial instruments that have been valued by reference to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical financial instruments. This category includes financial instruments valued using quoted yields where available for specific debt securities.

  • Level 2 – Financial instruments that have been valued through valuation techniques incorporating inputs other than quoted prices within Level 1 that are observable for a similar financial asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

  • Level 3 – Financial instruments that have been valued using valuation techniques which incorporate significant inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

(b) Valuation techniques and inputs used

In the event that there is no quoted market price for the instrument, fair value is based on valuation techniques. The valuation models incorporate the impact of bid/ask spreads, counterparty credit spreads, funding costs and other factors that would influence the fair value determined by market participants.

The majority of valuation techniques employ only observable market data. However, for certain financial instruments the valuation technique may employ some data (valuation inputs or components) which is not readily observable in the current market. In these cases valuation inputs (or components of the overall value) are derived and extrapolated from other relevant market data and tested against historic transactions and observed market trends. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are not observable in the market, the determination of fair value can be more subjective, dependent on the significance of the unobservable input to the overall valuation.

The following valuation techniques have been applied to determine the fair values of financial instruments where there is no market price for the instrument:

  • For instruments classified as Trading security assets and Trading liabilities, Derivative financial assets and liabilities, Available-for-sale financial assets, and Investments backing policy liabilities, fair value measurements are derived by using modelled valuations techniques (including discounted cash flow models) that incorporate market prices/yields for securities with similar credit risk, maturity and yield characteristics; and/or current market yields for similar instruments.

  • For Net loans and advances, Deposits and other borrowings and Bonds and notes, discounted cash flow techniques are used where contractual future cash flows of the instrument are discounted using discount rates incorporating changes in wholesale market rates or market borrowing rates of debt with similar maturities or a yield curve appropriate for the remaining term to maturity.

  • The fair value of External unit holder liabilities (life insurance funds) represents the unitholder’s share of net assets within the fund, which are carried at fair value in the fund. The fair value of Policy liabilities being liabilities of the insurance business is directly linked to the performance and value of the assets backing the liabilities. These assets are carried at fair value using modelled valuations.

Further details of valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in measuring fair values are described in (iii)(a) below.

117

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

There have been no substantial changes in the valuation techniques applied to different classes of financial instruments during the current half-year period.

(c) Fair value measurements

The table below provides an analysis of financial instruments carried at fair value at reporting date categorised according to the lowest level input into a valuation model or a valuation component that is significant to the reported fair value. The fair value has been allocated in full to the category in the fair value hierarchy which most appropriately reflects the determination of the fair value.


Fair value measurements

Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total

Mar 14
$M
Mar 14
$M
Mar 14
$M
Mar 14
$M
Financial assets
Trading securities
42,467
3,703
-
46,170
Derivative financial instruments
611
43,083
135
43,829
Available for sale financial assets
23,099
4,195
36
27,330
Investments backing policy liabilities
19,390
13,721
86
33,197
Loans and advances (designated at fair value)
-
238
-
238
Total
85,567
64,940
257
150,764
Financial liabilities
Payables and other liabilities1
3,212
76
-
3,288
Derivative financial instruments
636
45,098
142
45,876
Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value)
-
5,063
-
5,063
Bonds and notes
-
2,681
-
2,681
Policy liabilities2
-
32,888
-
32,888
External unit holder liabilities (life insurance funds)
-
3,334
-
3,334
Total
3,848
89,140
142
93,130

1. Represents trading liabilities.

2.

Policy liabilities relate to life investment contract liabilities only as these are designated at fair value through profit and loss.

There are no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

The Group recognises transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 as of the beginning of the reporting period during which the transfer has occurred. There have been no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period.

118

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(iii) Details of fair value measurements that incorporate unobservable market data

(a) Composition of Level 3 fair value measurements

The following table presents the composition of financial instruments measured at fair value with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 fair value measurements).

measurements).
Financial assets Financial
liabilities
Derivatives
Available-for-
sale
Investments
backing policy
liabilities
Derivatives
Mar 14
$M
Mar 14
$M
Mar 14
$M
Mar 14
$M
Asset backed securities -
2
2
-
Illiquid corporate bonds -
8
-
-
Structured credit products 102
-
-
(127)
Managed funds (suspended) -
-
23
-
Alternative assets -
26
61
-
Other derivatives 33
-
-
(15)
Total 135
36
86
(142)

Structured credit products comprise the structured credit intermediation trades that the Group entered into from 2004 to 2007 whereby it sold protection using credit default swaps over certain structures, and mitigated risk by purchasing protection via credit default swaps from US financial guarantors over the same structures. These trades are valued using complex models with certain inputs relating to the reference assets and derivative counterparties not being observable in the market. Such unobservable inputs include credit spreads and default probabilities contributing from 12% to 57% of the valuation. The assets underlying the structured credit products are diverse instruments with a wide range of credit spreads and default probabilities relevant to the valuation.

The remaining Level 3 balances include Asset backed securities and Illiquid corporate bonds where the effect on fair value of issuer credit cannot be directly or indirectly observed in the market; Managed funds (suspended) comprising of fixed income and mortgage investments in managed funds that are illiquid and are not currently redeemable; Alternative assets that largely comprise various investments in unlisted equity securities for which no active market exists; and Other derivatives which include reverse mortgage swaps where the mortality rate cannot be observed and long dated oil swaps where market data for the full tenor is unobservable. These Level 3 balances are not considered material.

(b) Movements in Level 3 fair value measurements

The following table sets out movements in Level 3 fair value measurements. Derivatives are categorised on a portfolio basis and classified as either financial assets or financial liabilities based on whether the closing balance is an unrealised gain or loss. This could be different to the opening balance.

Financial assets Financial
liabilities
Derivatives
Available-for-
sale
Investments
backing policy
liabilities
Derivatives
Mar 14
Mar 14
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
$M
Opening balance 200
36
105
(437)
New purchases -
4
-
n/a
Disposals (sales) -
(4)
(15)
n/a
Cash settlements n/a
n/a
n/a
1
Transfers:
Transfers into Level 3 category -
1
-
-
Transfers out of Level 3 category (31)
-
-
254
Fair value gain/(loss) recorded in other operating income in the income statement1 (34)
-
(4)
40
Fair value gain/(loss) recognised in reserves in equity -
(1)
-
-
Closing balance 135
36
86
(142)

1. Relating to assets and liabilities that are held at the end of the period.

Transfers out of Level 3 relate principally to interest rate swaptions containing multi-callable features. The trade characteristics of the portfolio are such that inputs significant to the valuation are now observable.

Transfers into and out of Level 3 are deemed to have occurred as of the beginning of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred.

119

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(c) Sensitivity to Level 3 data inputs

Where valuation techniques use assumptions due to significant data inputs not being directly observed in the market place (Level 3 inputs), changing these assumptions changes the resultant estimate of fair value. The majority of transactions in this category are ‘back-to-back’ in nature where ANZ either acts as a financial intermediary or hedges the market risks. Similarly, the performance of Investments backing policy liabilities directly impacts the associated life investment contracts they relate to. In these circumstances, changes in the assumptions generally have minimal impact on the income statement and net assets of ANZ. An exception to this is the ‘back-to-back’ structured credit intermediation trades which create significant exposure to market risk and/or credit risk.

Principal inputs used in the determination of fair value of financial instruments included in the structured credit portfolio include counterparty credit spreads, market-quoted CDS prices, recovery rates, default probabilities, correlation curves and other inputs, some of which may not be directly observable in the market. The potential effect of changing prevailing unobservable inputs to reasonably possible alternative assumptions for valuing those financial instruments could result in less than a (+ / - ) $10 million impact on profit. The ranges of reasonably possible alternative assumptions are established by application of professional judgement and analysis of the data available to support each assumption.

(d) Deferred fair value gains and losses

Where the fair value of a financial instrument is determined using unobservable data that is significant to the valuation of the instrument, any difference between the transaction price and the amount determined based on the valuation technique on initial recognition of the financial instrument (day-one gain or loss) is deferred on the balance sheet. Subsequently, the day-one gain or loss is recognised in the income statement only to the extent that it arises from a change in factors (including time) that a market participant would consider in setting the price for the instrument.

The table below summarises the movement of the aggregate amount of day-one gains not recognised in the income statement on the initial recognition of the financial instrument where not all inputs to the valuation technique are observable in the market.

Mar 14
$M
Opening balance 4
Deferral on new transactions 1
Amounts recognised in income statement duringtheperiod (2)
Closingbalance 3

The closing balance of unrecognised gains is predominantly related to derivative financial instruments.

120

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Segment analysis

(i) Description of segments

The Group operates on a divisional structure with Australia, International and Institutional Banking (IIB), New Zealand, and Global Wealth being the major operating divisions. The IIB and Global Wealth divisions are coordinated globally. GTSO and Group Centre provide support to the operating divisions, including technology, operations, risk management, financial management, strategy and marketing, human resources and corporate affairs. Additionally, Group Centre includes Group Treasury, Shareholder Functions and Discontinued Businesses.

There have been no major structural changes to Divisional segments since 30 September 2013; however certain amounts in the comparatives have been reclassified to conform with current period financial statement presentations.

(ii) Operating segments

Transactions between business units across segments within ANZ are conducted on an arms length basis.

Half Year
Movement
Segment Revenue Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Australia 4,017
3,991
3,869
1%
4%
International and Institutional Banking 3,592
3,315
3,287
8%
9%
New Zealand 1,239
1,159
1,053
7%
18%
Global Wealth 806
780
744
3%
8%
GTSO and Group Centre 14
54
139
-74%
-90%
Subtotal 9,668
9,299
9,092
4%
6%
Other1 (150)
224
(156)
large
-4%
Group total 9,518
9,523
8,936
0%
7%
Half Year
Movement
Segment Profit Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 1,479
1,449
1,409
2%
5%
International and Institutional Banking 1,372
1,244
1,208
10%
14%
New Zealand 546
482
396
13%
38%
Global Wealth 226
268
204
-16%
11%
GTSO and Group Centre (108)
(130)
(38)
-17%
large
Subtotal 3,515
3,313
3,179
6%
11%
Other1 (134)
16
(242)
large
-45%
Group total 3,381
3,329
2,937
2%
15%
Half Year
Movement
Segment Assets Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 281,191
274,325
264,951
3%
6%
International and Institutional Banking 315,013
296,522
285,443
6%
10%
New Zealand 92,066
85,015
74,763
8%
23%
Global Wealth 49,800
49,010
47,342
2%
5%
GTSO and Group Centre 21
(1,685)
325
large
-94%
Subtotal 738,091
703,187
672,824
5%
10%
Other1 (276)
(192)
(194)
44%
42%
Group total 737,815
702,995
672,630
5%
10%

1. In evaluating the performance of the operating segments, certain items are removed from the operating segment results where they are not considered integral to the ongoing performance of the segment and are evaluated separately. These items are set out in part (iii) of this note (refer pages 83 to 92 for further analysis).

121

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Segment analysis, cont’d

(iii) Other items

The table below sets out the profit after tax impact of other items.

Half Year
Mar 14 Sep 13 Mar 13
$M $M $M
Item gains/(losses)
**Related segment **
Treasury shares adjustment
Global Wealth
37 31 53
Revaluation of policy liabilities
Global Wealth
(3) 27 19
Economic hedging
IIB
89 (205) 192
Revenue and net investment hedges
GTSO and Group Centre
18 143 16
Structured credit intermediation trades
IIB
(7) (12) (38)
Total profit after tax 134 (16) 242

16. Note to the Cash Flow Statement

Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

Half Year
Mar 14 Sep 131 Mar 131
Inflows Inflows Inflows
(Outflows) (Outflows) (Outflows)
$M $M $M
Profit after income tax 3,381 3,329 2,937
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities
Provision for credit impairment 527 600 588
Impairment on available for sale assets transferred to profit and loss - - 3
Depreciation and amortisation 410 397 384
(Profit)/loss on sale of businesses - (14) (6)
(Profit)/loss on sale of premises and equipment 9 (31) 33
Equity settled share-based payments expense (78) 99 20
Net derivatives/foreign exchange adjustment 250 5,030 784
Other non cash movements (299) (105) (192)
Net (increase)/decrease in operating assets:
Trading securities (4,990) (1,624) 2,392
Collateral paid 396 169 179
Loans and advances (16,357) (13,088) (15,610)
Investments backing policy liabilities (1,238) (1,509) (1,893)
Interest receivable (121) 151 (18)
Accrued income (36) 60 (85)
Net tax assets (474) 174 72
Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities:
Deposits and other borrowings 27,397 (3,816) 31,357
Settlement balances owed by ANZ (624) (4,678) 7,957
Collateral received (70) 1,045 346
Payables and other liabilities 347 (2) (1,023)
Life insurance contract policy liabilities 1,020 1,677 1,992
Interest payable 263 (340) (124)
Accrued expenses (136) 86 (103)
Other (127) 112 (106)
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities 9,450 (12,278) 29,884

1. Comparative amounts have changed as a result of the changes referred to in Note 21.

122

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

16. Note to the cash flow statement, cont'd

Half Year
Mar 14 Sep 13 Mar 13
Inflows Inflows Inflows
Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents (Outflows) (Outflows) (Outflows)
$M $M $M
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period as shown in the cash flow
statement are reflected in the related items in the balance sheet as follows
Cash 33,651 25,270 39,779
Cash equivalents1 24,841 23,753 20,998
58,492 49,023 60,777
Non-cash financing activities

Dividends satisfied by share issue
476 392 451
Dividends satisfied by bonus share issue 42 36 35
518 428 486

1. Cash equivalents include settlement balances and loans and advances with financial institution counterparties that have original maturities of less than 90 days.

17. Changes in composition of the Group

There were no material entities acquired or disposed during the half year ended 31 March 2014.

18. Investments in Associates

Half Year
Mar 14 Sep 13 Mar 13
$M $M $M
Profit after income tax 247 271 211

Contributions to profit[1 ]

Contribution to
Group post-tax profit
Ownership interest
held by Group
Associates Half Year
As at
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
%
Sep 13
%
Mar 13
%
P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia 40
46
38
39
39
39
Metrobank Card Corporation Inc 10
10
9
40
40
40
Bank of Tianjin2,3 56
49
44
14
18
18
AMMB Holdings Berhad 67
79
54
24
24
24
Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank 68
80
63
20
20
20
Saigon Securities Inc.2 -
-
-
18
18
18
Other associates 6
7
3
n/a
n/a
n/a
Profit after income tax 247
271
211

1. The results differ from the published results of these entities due to the application of IFRS, Group Accounting Policies and acquisition adjustments. This amounted to a nil increase for the March 2014 half (Sep 13 half: $5 million increase; Mar 13 half: $1 million increase). Excludes gains or losses on disposal or valuation adjustments.

2. Significant influence was established via representation on the Board of Directors.

3. During the period the Group did not participate in a rights issue and as a result the Group’s interest was reduced to 14%.

123

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

19. Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

There are outstanding court proceedings, claims and possible claims for and against the Group, the aggregate amount of which cannot reasonably be quantified. Expert legal advice has been obtained and, in the light of such advice, provisions and/or disclosures as deemed appropriate have been made. In some instances we have not disclosed the estimated financial impact of the individual items as this may prejudice the interests of the Group.

Refer to Note 43 of the 2013 ANZ Annual Financial Statements for a description of contingent liabilities and contingent assets.

Bank fees litigation

Litigation Funder Bentham IMF Limited commenced a class action against ANZ in 2010, followed by a second similar class action in March 2013. Together the class actions are claimed to be on behalf of more than 40,000 ANZ customers.

On 5 February 2014, the Federal Court delivered reasons for judgment in the second class action. The first class action is in abeyance. The customers currently involved in these class actions are only part of ANZ’s customer base for credit cards and transaction accounts.

The applicants contended that the relevant exception fees were unenforceable penalties (at law and in equity) and that various of the fees were also unenforceable under statutory provisions governing unconscionable conduct, unfair contract terms and unjust transactions. On the penalties claims, the Court found in ANZ's favour in relation to all but one of the fee types that were in issue in the case, namely honour fees (retail and business), dishonour fees (business), overlimit and non-payment fees. The Court found against ANZ in respect of late payment fees on the basis that they were unenforceable penalties. All of the applicants' statutory claims were dismissed. Both ANZ and the applicants have appealed the Court’s decision. The appeal hearing is likely to take place in the second half of 2014 calendar year. Given the complexity of the issues involved, and the appeal by each side, the implications of the Court's decision of 5 February 2014 are uncertain and may not be known for some time.

In June 2013, litigation funder Litigation Lending Services (NZ) commenced a representative action against ANZ for certain fees charged to New Zealand customers since 2007. There is a risk that further claims could emerge in Australia, New Zealand or elsewhere.

Security recovery actions

Various claims have been made or are anticipated, arising from security recovery actions taken to resolve impaired assets over recent years. ANZ will defend these claims and any future claims.

20. Related party disclosure

There have been no significant changes to the arrangements with related parties. Refer to Notes 46 and 47 of the 2013 Annual Financial Statements.

21. Changes to comparatives

Certain amounts reported as comparative information have changed either as a result of the adoption of AASB 119 Employee Benefits (“AASB 119”) or being reclassified to conform with current period financial statement presentations.

The following changes have been made to either the Income Statement and/or Balance Sheet:

Balance sheet reclassification

During the period, the classification of the balance sheet has changed to more consistently reflect the nature of the financial assets and liabilities. Prior to this reclassification, the balance sheet was classified according to both nature and counterparty. The key changes include:

Assets

  • Securities purchased under agreements to resell in less than three months previously reported in Liquid assets are now classified as Cash.

  • Money at call, bills receivable and remittances in transit previously reported in Liquid assets are now classified as either Cash, Settlement balances owed to ANZ or Net loans and advances depending on the nature of the asset.

  • Loans to other banks previously reported in Due from other financial institutions are now classified as Net Loans and Advances.

  • Collateral paid previously reported in Due from other financial institutions is now classified separately.

  • Issued security settlements previously reported in Other assets are now classified as Settlement balances owed to ANZ.

  • Liabilities

  • Loans from other banks previously reported in Due to other financial institutions are now classified as Deposits and other borrowings.

  • Collateral received previously reported in Due to other financial institutions is now classified separately.

  • Issued security settlements previously reported in Other liabilities is now classified as Settlement balances owed by ANZ.

Employee benefits

The adoption of AASB 119 has resulted in changes to the measurement of the Group’s defined benefit obligations. This has resulted in a restatement to comparatives in the Income Statement and Balance Sheet.

Business taxes reported in Asia

During the period business taxes which were previously reported as a contra to revenue were classified as expenses to better reflect the nature of the transaction. Comparative information has been reclassified accordingly.

124

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As at $M
September 2013
Assets Previously
Balance
sheet
Employee
Currently
reported
reclassification
benefits
reported
Liquid assets 39,737
(39,737)
-
-
Due from other financial institutions 22,177
(22,177)
-
-
Cash -
25,270
-
25,270
Settlement balances owed to ANZ -
19,225
-
19,225
Collateral paid -
6,530
-
6,530
Available-for-sale assets 28,135
142
-
28,277
Net loans and advances 469,295
13,969
-
483,264
Deferred tax assets 721
-
4
725
Other assets 7,574
(3,222)
-
4,352
All other assets 135,352
-
-
135,352
Total assets 702,991
-
4
702,995
Liabilities
Due to other financial institutions 36,306
(36,306)
-
-
Settlement balances owed by ANZ -
8,695
-
8,695
Collateral received -
3,921
-
3,921
Deposits and other borrowings 439,674
27,241
-
466,915
Payables and other liabilities 12,594
(3,551)
16
9,059
All other liabilities 168,802
-
-
168,802
Total liabilities 657,376
-
16
657,392
Net Assets 45,615
-
(12)
45,603
Retained earnings 21,948
-
(12)
21,936
All other equity 23,667
-
-
23,667
Total shareholders' equity 45,615
-
(12)
45,603
Half Year ($M)
September 2013
Previously Business tax Employee Currently
reported restatement benefits reported
Net interest income 6,558 - - 6,558
Other operating income 2,958 7 - 2,965
Operating income 9,516 7 - 9,523
Operating expenses (4,202) (7) (4) (4,213)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 5,314 - (4) 5,310
Provision for credit impairment (600) - - (600)
Profit before income tax 4,714 - (4) 4,710
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (1,382) - 1 (1,381)
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 3,332 - (3) 3,329
Other comprehensive income net of tax 1,670 - 7 1,677
Total comprehensive income attributable to shareholders of the
Company
5,002 - 4 5,006

125

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As at $M
March 2013
Assets Previously
Balance
sheet
Employee
Currently
reported
reclassification
benefits
reported
Liquid assets 53,077
(53,077)
-
-
Due from other financial institutions 20,781
(20,781)
-
-
Cash -
39,779
-
39,779
Settlement balances owed to ANZ -
15,804
-
15,804
Collateral paid -
6,699
-
6,699
Available-for-sale assets 23,282
128
-
23,410
Net loans and advances 441,980
12,336
-
454,316
Deferred tax assets 654
-
5
659
Other assets 5,709
(888)
-
4,821
All other assets 127,142
-
-
127,142
Total assets 672,625
-
5
672,630
Liabilities
Due to other financial institutions 43,345
(43,345)
-
-
Settlement balances owed by ANZ -
13,373
-
13,373
Collateral received -
2,877
-
2,877
Deposits and other borrowings 420,474
30,631
-
451,105
Payables and other liabilities 12,589
(3,536)
21
9,074
All other liabilities 153,698
-
-
153,698
Total liabilities 630,106
-
21
630,127
Net Assets 42,519
-
(16)
42,503
Retained earnings 20,534
-
(16)
20,518
All other equity 21,985
-
-
21,985
Total shareholders' equity 42,519
-
(16)
42,503
Half Year ($M)
March 2013
Previously Business tax Employee Currently
reported restatement benefits reported
Net interest income 6,200 - - 6,200
Other operating income 2,730 6 - 2,736
Operating income 8,930 6 - 8,936
Operating expenses (4,034) (6) (4) (4,044)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 4,896 - (4) 4,892
Provision for credit impairment (588) - - (588)
Profit before income tax 4,308 - (4) 4,304
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (1,368) - 1 (1,367)
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 2,940 - (3) 2,937
Other comprehensive income net of tax (56) - 4 (52)
Total comprehensive income attributable to shareholders of the
Company
2,884 - 1 2,885

126

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As at $M
1 October 2012
Balance
Previously sheet Employee Currently
Assets reported reclassification benefits reported
Liquid assets 36,578 (36,578) - -
Due from other financial institutions 17,103 (17,103) - -
Cash - 25,143 - 25,143
Settlement balances owed to ANZ - 14,016 - 14,016
Collateral paid - 6,878 - 6,878
Available-for-sale assets 20,562 79 - 20,641
Net loans and advances 427,823 8,804 - 436,627
Deferred tax assets 785 - 7 792
Other assets 5,623 (1,239) - 4,384
All other assets 133,653 - - 133,653
Total assets 642,127 - 7 642,134
Liabilities
Due to other financial institutions 30,538 (30,538) - -
Settlement balances owed by ANZ - 5,416 - 5,416
Collateral received - 2,531 - 2,531
Deposits and other borrowings 397,123 23,690 - 420,813
Payables and other liabilities 10,109 (1,099) 24 9,034
All other liabilities 163,137 - - 163,137
Total liabilities 600,907 - 24 600,931
Net Assets 41,220 - (17) 41,203
Retained earnings 19,728 - (17) 19,711
All other equity 21,492 - - 21,492
Total shareholders' equity 41,220 - (17) 41,203

22. Significant events since balance date

On 10 April 2014, ANZ announced the sale of ANZ Trustees to Equity Trustees Limited for $150 million. The transaction is expected to be completed in July 2014 subject to regulatory approval. The gain on sale will be recognised in the second half of the 2014 financial year.

Other than the matter described above, there have no significant events from 31 March 2014 to the date of signing of this report.

127

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION AND RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT

Directors’ Declaration

The Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited declare that:

  1. in the Directors’ opinion the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

  2. section 304, that they comply with the Australian Accounting Standards and any further requirements of the Corporations Regulations 2001; and

  3. section 305, that they give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2014 and of its performance for the half year ended on that date; and

  4. in the Directors’ opinion as at the date of this declaration there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

==> picture [118 x 38] intentionally omitted <==

John Morschel Chairman

==> picture [64 x 29] intentionally omitted <==

Michael R P Smith, OBE Director

30 April 2014

Responsibility statement of the Directors in accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rule 4.2.10(3)(b) of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority

The Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited confirm to the best of their knowledge that:

the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the half year ended 31 March 2014 and Directors’ Report (including matters included by reference) and Directors’ Declaration as set out on pages 94 to 128 as well as the additional information on page 144 includes a fair review of:

  • (i) the important events that have occurred during the first six months of the financial year, and their impact on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements; and

  • (ii) a description of the principal risks and uncertainties for the remaining six months of the financial year.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

==> picture [118 x 38] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [65 x 28] intentionally omitted <==

John Morschel Chairman

Michael R P Smith, OBE Director

30 April 2014

128

AUDITOR’S REVIEW REPORT AND INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

Independent auditor’s review report to the members of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

==> picture [83 x 40] intentionally omitted <==

Report on the condensed consolidated financial statements

We have reviewed the accompanying half year condensed consolidated financial statements of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the “Company”) which comprises the condensed consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2014, condensed consolidated income statement and condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income, condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity and condensed consolidated cash flow statement for the half year ended on that date, notes 1 to 22 comprising a basis of preparation and other explanatory notes, and the directors’ declaration of the Group comprising the Company and the entities it controlled at the half year’s end or from time to time during the half year.

Directors’ responsibility for the half year condensed consolidated financial statements

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the half year condensed consolidated financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal controls as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the half year condensed consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ responsibility

Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the half year condensed consolidated financial statements based on our review. We conducted our review in accordance with Auditing Standard on Review Engagements ASRE 2410 Review of a Financial Report Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity, in order to state whether, on the basis of the procedures described, we have become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the half year condensed consolidated financial statements are not in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 including: giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2014 and its performance for the half year ended on that date; and complying with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations 2001 . As auditor of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, ASRE 2410 requires that we comply with the ethical requirements relevant to the audit of the annual report.

A review of a half year condensed consolidated financial statements consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

Independence

In conducting our review, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 .

Conclusion

Based on our review, which is not an audit, we have not become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the half year condensed consolidated financial statements of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited is not in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 , including:

  • (a) giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2014 and of its performance for the half year ended on that date; and

  • (b) complying with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations 2001 .

==> picture [82 x 38] intentionally omitted <==

Melbourne

==> picture [65 x 53] intentionally omitted <==

Andrew Yates Partner

30 April 2014

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001

To: the directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the review for the half year ended 31 March 2014, there have been:

  • (i) no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the review; and

  • (ii) no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the review.

==> picture [82 x 39] intentionally omitted <==

Melbourne

==> picture [65 x 53] intentionally omitted <==

Andrew Yates Partner

30 April 2014

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (”KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

129

AUDITOR’S REVIEW REPORT AND INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION

This page has been left blank intentionally

130

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

CONTENTS

Section 9 – Supplementary information

Four year summary by half year

Capital management Average balance sheet and related interest Full time equivalent staff Exchange rates Derivative financial instruments Summary of principal risks and uncertainties

131

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Four year summary by half year

Mar 14 Sep 13 Mar 13 Sep 12 Mar 12 Sep 11 Mar 11 Sep 10
$M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M
Financial Performance
Net interest income 6,764 6,536 6,236 6,126 5,984 5,848 5,652 5,623
Other operating income 2,904 2,763 2,856 3,002 2,736 2,529 2,856 2,592
Operating expense (4,286) (4,213) (4,044) (4,386) (4,133) (3,997) (4,026) (3,722)
Credit impairment charge (528) (598) (599) (688) (570) (560) (660) (722)
Profit before income tax 4,854 4,488 4,449 4,054 4,017 3,820 3,822 3,771
Income tax expense (1,333) (1,170) (1,265) (1,118) (1,117) (1,073) (1,094) (1,040)
Non-controlling interests (6) (5) (5) (2) (4) (3) (5) (4)
Cash/underlying profit1 3,515 3,313 3,179 2,934 2,896 2,744 2,723 2,727
Adjustments to arrive at statutory profit1 (134) 16 (242) (192) 23 (53) (59) (151)
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 3,381 3,329 2,937 2,742 2,919 2,691 2,664 2,576

Financial Position
Assets 737,815 702,995 672,630 642,127 612,212 594,488 537,447 531,739
Net assets 47,038 45,603 42,503 41,220 39,443 37,954 35,129 34,155
Common Equity Tier 1 - APRA Basel 3 8.3% 8.5% 8.2% 8.0% 7.8% 7.5% 7.3% n/a
Common Equity Tier 1 - Internationally Harmonised Basel 3 10.5% 10.8% 10.3% 10.0% 9.8% 9.5% 9.3% n/a
Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity (statutory) 15.0% 15.3% 14.4% 13.7% 15.6% 14.9% 15.8% 15.5%
Return on average assets (statutory) 0.92% 0.95% 0.90% 0.85% 0.95% 0.93% 0.97% 0.94%
Operating expenses to operating income (statutory) 45.0% 44.2% 45.3% 49.3% 46.9% 48.0% 46.8% 46.3%
Operatingexpenses to operatingincome(cash/underlying) 44.3% 45.3% 44.5% 48.0% 47.4% 47.7% 47.3% 45.3%
Shareholder value - ordinary shares
Total return to shareholders
(share price movement plus dividends) 10.4% 10.5% 19.0% 9.6% 23.6% (15.7%) 3.6% (4.5%)
Market capitalisation 90,720 84,450 78,278 67,255 62,325 51,319 61,820 60,614
Dividend 83 cents 91 cents 73 cents 79 cents 66 cents 76 cents 64 cents 74 cents
Franked portion 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Share price
- high $34.06 $32.09 $29.46 $25.12 $23.68 $24.49 $25.96 $26.23
- low $28.84 $26.30 $23.42 $20.26 $18.60 $17.63 $22.05 $19.95
- closing $33.06 $30.78 $28.53 $24.75 $23.26 $19.52 $23.81 $23.68
Share information
Earnings per share - basic (statutory) 124.4c 122.5c 108.5c 102.6c 110.8c 104.0c 104.2c 102.1c
Dividend payout ratio (statutory) 67.4% 75.1% 68.3% 78.5% 60.8% 74.6% 62.5% 73.7%
Net tangible assets per ordinary share $13.90 $13.48 $12.55 $12.22 $11.74 $11.44 $10.61 $10.38
Number of fully paid ordinary shares (million) 2,744.1 2,743.7 2,743.7 2,717.4 2,679.5 2,629.0 2,596.4 2,559.7
Other information
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)2 48,857 48,865 48,871 50,357 51,744 52,378 51,650 50,552
Number of shareholders 486,596 468,343 451,621 438,958 439,811 442,943 424,787 411,692

1. From 1 October 2012, the Group changed to reporting profit on a cash basis from reporting profit on an underlying profit basis. Consequently, certain comparative information was restated on a consistent basis. March 2011 to March 2014 balances reflect adjustments between cash profit and statutory profit. September 2010 balances reflect adjustments between underlying profit and statutory profit.

2. Comparative information has been restated to include technology contractors, consistent with the how FTE are reported and managed internally.

132

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Capital management

Half Year
Movement
Qualifying Capital
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Tier 1
Shareholders' equity and non-controlling interests
47,038
45,603
42,503
3%
11%
Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity
Table 1
(1,071)
(932)
(958)
15%
12%
Gross Common Equity Tier 1 capital
45,967
44,671
41,545
3%
11%
Deductions
Table 2
(15,931)
(15,892)
(15,170)
0%
5%
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
30,036
28,779
26,375
4%
14%
Additional Tier 1 capital
Table 3
7,279
6,401
5,365
14%
36%
Tier 1 capital
37,315
35,180
31,740
6%
18%
Tier 2 capital
Table 4
6,335
6,190
6,062
2%
5%
Totalqualifying capital
43,650
41,370
37,802
6%
15%
Capital adequacy ratios
Common Equity Tier 1
8.3%
8.5%
8.2%
-
-
Tier 1
10.3%
10.4%
9.8%
-
-
Tier 2
1.8%
1.8%
1.9%
-
-
Total
12.1%
12.2%
11.7%
-
-
Risk weighted assets
Table 5
360,740
339,265
322,582
6%
12%

133

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Capital management, cont’d

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Table 1: Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity
Treasury shares attributable to OnePath policy holders 275
273
253
1%
9%
Reclassification of preference share capital (871)
(871)
(871)
0%
0%
Accumulated retained profits and reserves of insurance, funds management and
securitisation entities
(727)
(583)
(573)
25%
27%
Deferred fee revenue including fees deferred as part of loan yields 391
381
362
3%
8%
Available-for-sale reserve attributable to deconsolidated subsidiaries (81)
(90)
(105)
-10%
-23%
Other (58)
(42)
(24)
38%
large
Total (1,071)
(932)
(958)
15%
12%
Table 2: Deductions from Common Equity Tier 1 capital
Unamortised goodwill & other intangibles (excluding OnePath Australia and New
Zealand)
(4,126)
(3,970)
(3,717)
4%
11%
Intangible component of investments in OnePath Australia and New Zealand (2,107)
(2,096)
(2,075)
1%
2%
Capitalised software (2,252)
(2,102)
(1,800)
7%
25%
Capitalised expenses including loan and lease origination fees (1,058)
(979)
(884)
8%
20%
Applicable deferred net tax assets (934)
(1,102)
(990)
-15%
-6%
Expected losses in excess of eligible provisions (129)
(376)
(526)
-66%
-75%
Investment in ANZ insurance and funds management subsidiaries (428)
(453)
(684)
-6%
-37%
Investment in OnePath Australia and New Zealand (984)
(1,059)
(1,042)
-7%
-6%
Investment in banking associates (3,565)
(3,361)
(2,956)
6%
21%
Other deductions (348)
(394)
(496)
-12%
-30%
Total (15,931)
(15,892)
(15,170)
0%
5%
Table 3: Additional Tier 1 capital
Convertible Preference Shares
ANZ CPS1 454
1,081
1,080
-58%
-58%
ANZ CPS2 1,965
1,963
1,961
0%
0%
ANZ CPS3 1,331
1,329
1,327
0%
0%
ANZ Capital Notes 1 1,107
1,106
-
0%
n/a
ANZ Capital Notes 2 1,593
-
-
n/a
n/a
Preference Shares 871
871
871
0%
0%
Hybrid Securities -
812
740
-100%
-100%
Regulatory adjustments and deductions (42)
(78)
(17)
-46%
large
Transitional adjustments -
(683)
(597)
-100%
-100%
Total 7,279
6,401
5,365
14%
36%
Table 4: Tier 2 capital
General reserve for impairment of financial assets 212
245
244
-13%
-13%
Perpetual subordinated notes 1,108
1,065
957
4%
16%
Subordinated debt 5,668
5,448
5,601
4%
1%
Regulatory adjustments and deductions (354)
(340)
(740)
4%
-52%
Transitional adjustments (299)
(228)
-
31%
n/a
Total 6,335
6,190
6,062
2%
5%

134

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
**Table 5: Risk weighted assets **
On balance sheet 217,606
208,326
199,121
4%
9%
Commitments 53,777
47,809
45,250
12%
19%
Contingents 12,903
11,184
10,174
15%
27%
Derivatives 21,042
20,332
20,433
3%
3%
**Total credit risk ** 305,328
287,651
274,978
6%
11%
Market risk - Traded 7,104
4,303
6,850
65%
4%
Market risk - IRRBB 16,359
18,287
12,629
-11%
30%
Operational risk 31,949
29,024
28,125
10%
14%
Total risk weighted assets 360,740
339,265
322,582
6%
12%
Half Year
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Mar 14
$M
$M
$M
v. Sep 13
v. Mar 13
Table 6: Credit risk weighted assets by Basel asset class
Subject to Advanced IRB approach
Corporate 123,743
121,586
114,700
2%
8%
Sovereign 4,545
4,360
4,382
4%
4%
Bank 20,269
16,270
15,838
25%
28%
Residential mortgage 50,426
47,559
44,597
6%
13%
Qualifying revolving retail (credit cards) 7,260
7,219
7,234
1%
0%
Other retail 26,416
24,328
23,200
9%
14%
Credit risk weighted assets
subject to Advanced IRB approach
232,659
221,322
209,951
5%
11%
Credit risk specialised lending exposures
subject to slotting criteria
28,522
27,640
27,842
3%
2%
Subject to Standardised approach
Corporate 26,255
19,285
17,157
36%
53%
Residential mortgage 1,966
1,922
1,827
2%
8%
Qualifying revolving retail (credit cards) 1,796
1,728
2,068
4%
-13%
Other retail 1,073
985
1,248
9%
-14%
Credit risk weighted assets subject to Standardised approach 31,090
23,920
22,300
30%
39%
Credit Valuation Adjustment and
Qualifying Central Counterparties
8,065
8,501
8,949
-5%
-10%
Credit risk weighted assets relating to securitisation exposures 1,253
2,724
2,549
-54%
-51%
Other assets 3,739
3,544
3,387
6%
10%
Total credit risk weighted assets 305,328
287,651
274,978
6%
11%

135

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Capital management, cont’d

Collective Provision
Regulatory Expected
Loss
As at ($M)
As at ($M)
Table 7: Collective provision and regulatory expected loss by division Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 14
Sep 13
Australia 1,152
1,123
2,481
2,393
International and Institutional Banking 1,265
1,310
1,570
1,046
New Zealand 372
399
784
763
Global Wealth 11
12
14
21
Other 43
43
-
19
Collective provision and regulatory expected loss 2,843
2,887
4,849
4,242
As at ($M)
Movement
Table 8: Expected loss in excess of eligible provisions Mar 14
$M
Sep 13
$M
Mar 13
$M
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Basel expected loss
Defaulted 2,373
1,854
1,976
28%
20%
Non-defaulted 2,476
2,388
2,349
4%
5%
4,849
4,242
4,325
14%
12%
Less: Qualifying collective provision
Collective provision (2,843)
(2,887)
(2,769)
-2%
3%
Non-qualifying collective provision 300
346
341
-13%
-12%
Standardised collective provision 212
245
245
-13%
-13%
(2,331)
(2,296)
(2,183)
2%
7%
Less: Qualifying individual provision
Individual provision (1,470)
(1,467)
(1,543)
0%
-5%
Additional individual provision for partial write offs1 (797)
Standardised individual provision 153
219
249
-30%
-39%
Collective provision on advanced defaulted (275)
(322)
(322)
-15%
-15%
(2,389)
(1,570)
(1,616)
52%
48%
Gross deduction 129
376
526
-66%
-75%

1. Included in eligible provisions post September 2013 due to a change in RWA calculation methodology.

136

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Capital management, cont’d

Table 9: APRA Basel 3 Common Equity Tier 1

Half Year Half Year
Mar 14 vs Sep 13
APRA Basel 3 Common Equity Tier 1
Cash profit after preference share dividends +104bps
($3.5B)
Risk weighted assets
Portfolio growth and mix -29bps
Risk migration and Expected Losses in excess of Eligible Provisions +4bps
Non-credit risk -2bps
Capital retention in insurance businesses and associates -9bps
Capitalised software and intangibles -7bps
Other items -2bps
Organic Capital Generation +59bps
Ordinary share dividends -74bps
Other 0bps
Total Common Equity Tier 1 movement -15bps
March 2014 APRA Basel 3 Common Equity Tier 1 ratio 8.3%

137

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Average balance sheet and related interest

Averages used in the following tables are predominantly daily averages. Interest income figures are presented on a tax-equivalent basis. Impaired loans are included under the interest earning asset category, ‘loans and advances’. Intra-group interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities are treated as external assets and liabilities for the geographic segments. During the period the classification of the balance sheet has been amended to more consistently reflect the nature of the financial assets and liabilities. As a result, average balance and related interest comparative information has changed accordingly. Refer to Note 21 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Half year Mar 14 Half year Sep 13
Half year Mar 13
Ave bal
Int
Rate
Ave bal
Int
Rate
Ave bal
Int
Rate
$M
$M
%
$M
$M
%
$M
$M
%
Interest earning assets
Settlement Balances owed to ANZ
Australia 990
14
2.8%
948
12
2.5%
632
12
3.8%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 12,186
7
0.1%
11,096
6
0.1%
10,688
5
0.1%
New Zealand 53
1
3.8%
55
1
3.6%
88
1
2.3%
Collateral Paid
Australia 1,296
19
2.9%
1,495
23
3.1%
769
16
4.2%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 1,291
1
0.2%
1,835
2
0.2%
4,731
2
0.1%
New Zealand 723
1
0.2%
676
1
0.3%
978
1
0.2%
Regulatory Deposits
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 1,225
5
0.8%
1,089
4
0.7%
939
3
0.7%
Trading and available-for-sale assets
Australia 42,539
650
3.1%
38,938
629
3.2%
36,511
605
3.3%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 20,443
156
1.5%
18,661
132
1.4%
15,270
124
1.6%
New Zealand 11,633
223
3.8%
10,127
177
3.5%
9,971
183
3.7%
Loans and advances
Australia 332,847
9,249
5.6%
321,973
9,490
5.9%
313,425
9,856
6.3%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 76,408
1,126
3.0%
68,669
1,058
3.1%
57,664
965
3.4%
New Zealand 93,349
2,674
5.7%
84,834
2,496
5.9%
78,413
2,338
6.0%
Cash
Australia 14,392
165
2.3%
10,389
141
2.7%
7,491
107
2.9%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 20,512
41
0.4%
22,569
33
0.3%
16,496
24
0.3%
New Zealand 2,438
31
2.6%
2,597
30
2.3%
2,224
27
2.4%
Other assets
Australia 67
9
n/a
41
14
n/a
(28)
1
n/a
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 8
20
n/a
6
28
n/a
2
32
n/a
New Zealand -
38
n/a
-
24
n/a
-
24
n/a
Intragroup assets
Australia 3,067
200
n/a
3,199
216
n/a
1,907
217
n/a
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 8,520
1
n/a
7,527
(11)
n/a
8,718
1
n/a
643,987
14,631
606,724
14,506
566,889
14,544
Intragroup elimination (11,587)
(201)
(10,726)
(205)
(10,625)
(218)
632,400
14,430
4.6%
595,998
14,301
4.8%
556,264
14,326
5.2%
Non-interest earning assets
Derivatives
Australia 29,916 33,718
32,979
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 6,972 4,488
5,193
New Zealand 6,063 6,809
6,758
Premises and equipment 2,143 2,102
2,082
Insurance assets 32,765 31,460
30,216
Other assets 28,626 25,803
25,463
Provisions for credit impairment
Australia (2,812) (2,762)
(2,846)
Asia Pacific, Europe & America (743) (834)
(767)
New Zealand (787) (789)
(843)
102,143 99,995
98,235
Total average assets 734,543 695,993
654,499

1. Gross loans and advances including unearned income, capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees and customers’ liabilities for acceptances.

138

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Half year Mar 14 Half year Sep 13
Half year Mar 13
Ave bal
Int
Rate
Ave bal
Int
Rate
Ave bal
Int
Rate
$M
$M
%
$M
$M
%
$M
$M
%
Interest bearing liabilities
Time deposits
Australia 136,155
2,255
3.3%
136,595
2,509
3.7%
134,894
2,803
4.2%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 82,570
348
0.8%
79,280
333
0.8%
70,817
333
0.9%
New Zealand 32,929
623
3.8%
30,606
590
3.8%
28,654
569
4.0%
Savings deposits
Australia 26,782
423
3.2%
24,765
414
3.3%
23,564
424
3.6%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 4,996
11
0.4%
5,582
13
0.5%
4,968
12
0.5%
New Zealand 9,184
143
3.1%
7,840
127
3.2%
6,225
106
3.4%
Other demand deposits
Australia 97,221
1,198
2.5%
87,438
1,180
2.7%
83,134
1,217
2.9%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 13,152
21
0.3%
11,397
17
0.3%
10,432
16
0.3%
New Zealand 19,023
220
2.3%
17,113
203
2.4%
15,683
195
2.5%
Deposits from banks
Australia 15,578
199
2.6%
9,160
132
2.9%
6,473
102
3.2%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 28,228
62
0.4%
24,075
75
0.6%
21,593
78
0.7%
New Zealand 516
6
2.3%
535
6
2.2%
668
8
2.4%
Settlement Balances owed by ANZ
Australia 1,660
10
1.2%
1,397
10
1.4%
1,705
12
1.4%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 355
-
0.0%
1,084
-
0.0%
875
-
0.0%
New Zealand 306
2
1.3%
375
3
1.6%
341
3
1.8%
Collateral Received (IEB)
Australia 616
6
2.0%
798
11
2.7%
815
12
3.0%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 1,357
3
0.4%
1,091
3
0.5%
1,755
3
0.3%
New Zealand 532
1
0.4%
571
1
0.3%
271
1
0.7%
Commercial paper
Australia 8,914
115
2.6%
12,200
172
2.8%
8,400
139
3.3%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 805
2
0.5%
-
-
0.0%
-
-
0.0%
New Zealand 5,553
80
2.9%
4,030
61
3.0%
4,395
67
3.1%
Borrowing corporations' debt
Australia 6
-
4.3%
46
2
8.7%
81
3
7.4%
New Zealand 1,399
30
4.3%
1,264
28
4.4%
1,165
27
4.6%
Loan capital, bonds and notes
Australia 65,426
1,350
4.1%
64,618
1,375
4.2%
64,881
1,497
4.6%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 4,742
29
1.2%
3,331
20
1.2%
1,142
11
1.9%
New Zealand 14,298
323
4.5%
13,985
322
4.6%
13,692
332
4.9%
Other liabilities
Australia 2,737
81
n/a
3,593
69
n/a
2,383
125
n/a
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 2,195
25
n/a
2,099
21
n/a
1,832
21
n/a
New Zealand 398
86
n/a
424
46
n/a
530
10
n/a
Intragroup liabilities
New Zealand 11,587
201
n/a
10,726
205
n/a
10,625
218
n/a
589,220
7,853
556,018
7,948
521,993
8,344
Intragroup elimination (11,587)
(201)
(10,726)
(205)
(10,625)
(218)
577,633
7,652
2.7%
545,292
7,743
2.8%
511,368
8,126
3.2%
Non-interest bearing liabilities
Deposits
Australia 6,134 5,605
5,416
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 3,893 3,630
2,771
New Zealand 5,186 4,615
4,143
Derivatives
Australia 31,811 31,469
29,418
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 6,676 4,904
5,550
New Zealand 6,235 6,968
6,723
Insurance Liabilities 32,894 31,355
29,891
External unit holder liabilities 3,510 3,729
3,949
Other liabilities 14,392 14,004
13,521
110,731 106,279
101,382
Total average liabilities 688,364 651,571
612,750

139

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Half Year
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
$M
$M
$M
Total average assets
Australia 469,557
453,442
434,621
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 157,899
144,489
128,340
New Zealand 118,674
108,788
102,163
less intragroup elimination (11,587)
(10,726)
(10,625)
734,543
695,993
654,499
% of total average assets attributable to overseas activities 36.5%
35.3%
33.9%
Average interest earning assets
Australia 395,198
376,983
360,707
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 140,593
131,452
114,508
New Zealand 108,196
98,289
91,674
less intragroup elimination (11,587)
(10,726)
(10,625)
632,400
595,998
556,264
Total average liabilities
Australia 439,399
423,165
404,874
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 151,984
138,553
123,914
New Zealand 108,568
100,579
94,587
less intragroup elimination (11,587)
(10,726)
(10,625)
688,364
651,571
612,750
% of total average liabilities attributable to overseas activities 36.2%
35.1%
33.9%
Average interest bearing liabilities
Australia 355,095
340,610
326,330
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 138,400
127,939
113,414
New Zealand 95,725
87,469
82,249
less intragroup elimination (11,587)
(10,726)
(10,625)
577,633
545,292
511,368
Total average shareholders' equity
Ordinary share capital, reserves and retained earnings1 45,308
43,551
40,878
Preference share capital 871
871
871
46,179
44,422
41,749
Total average liabilities and shareholders' equity 734,543
695,993
654,499

1. Average shareholders’ equity includes Global Wealth shares that are eliminated from the closing shareholders’ equity balance of $275 million for Mar 14 (Sep 13: $273 million; Mar 13: $253 million).

140

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Half Year
Mar 14 Sep 13 Mar 13
% % %
**Gross earnings rate1 **
Australia 5.23 5.57 6.01
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 1.91 1.90 2.03
New Zealand 5.50 5.54 5.63
Group 4.58 4.79 5.17

Interest spread and net interest average margin may be analysed as follows:
Australia
Net interest spread 2.05 2.13 2.12
Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items 0.32 0.33 0.37
Net interest margin - Australia2 2.37 2.46 2.49

Asia Pacific, Europe & America
Net interest spread 1.18 1.14 1.19
Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items 0.02 0.02 0.01
Net interest margin - Asia Pacific, Europe & America2 1.20 1.16 1.20

New Zealand
Net interest spread 1.90 1.91 1.89
Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items 0.42 0.40 0.38
Net interest margin - New Zealand2 2.32 2.31 2.27

Group
Net interest spread 1.92 1.95 1.98
Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items 0.23 0.25 0.26
Net interest margin2 2.15 2.20 2.24
Net interest margin (excluding global markets) 2.54 2.61 2.65

1. Average interest rate received on average interest earning assets.

2. Statutory basis.

141

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Full Time Equivalent Staff[1]

At 31 March 2014, ANZ employed 48,857 people worldwide (30 September 2013: 48,865) on a full-time equivalent basis (“FTEs”).

Division As at
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 14,735
14,623
14,551
1%
1%
International and Institutional Banking 13,040
13,196
13,312
-1%
-2%
New Zealand 7,323
7,400
7,755
-1%
-6%
Global Wealth 4,090
4,271
4,176
-4%
-2%
GTSO and Group Centre 9,669
9,375
9,077
3%
7%
Totals 48,857
48,865
48,871
0%
0%
Geography As at
Movement
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
v. Sep 13
Mar 14
v. Mar 13
Australia 21,353
21,757
22,096
-2%
-3%
Asia Pacific, Europe & America 19,247
18,824
18,119
2%
6%
New Zealand 8,257
8,284
8,656
0%
-5%
Totals 48,857
48,865
48,871
0%
0%

1. Comparative information has been restated to include technology contractors, consistent with how FTE are reported and managed internally.

Exchange rates

Major exchange rates used in translation of results of offshore controlled entities and branches and investments in associates were as follows:

Balance sheet
Profit & Loss Average
As at
Half Year
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Mar 14
Sep 13
Mar 13
Chinese Yuan 5.7480
5.6976
6.4793
5.5544
5.8062
6.4746
Euro 0.6716
0.6896
0.8152
0.6672
0.7193
0.7938
Great British Pound 0.5552
0.5760
0.6886
0.5565
0.6148
0.6574
Indian Rupee 55.296
58.531
56.738
56.400
56.056
56.240
Indonesian Rupiah 10,488.7
10,860.1
10,127.4
10,719.3
9,689.6
10,034.1
Malaysian Ringgit 3.0169
3.0334
3.2351
2.9644
2.9978
3.1876
New Zealand Dollar 1.0668
1.1237
1.2469
1.0959
1.1733
1.2533
Papua New Guinea Kina 2.2356
2.2385
2.2297
2.2054
2.1095
2.1850
United States Dollar 0.9233
0.9312
1.0424
0.9113
0.9474
1.0387

142

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives

Derivative instruments are contracts whose value is derived from one or more underlying financial instruments or indices. They include swaps, forward rate contracts, futures, options and combinations of these instruments. The use of derivatives and their sale to customers as risk management products is an integral part of the Group’s trading activities. Derivatives are also used to manage the Group’s own exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates as part of its asset and liability management activities. Derivatives are subject to the same types of credit and market risk as other financial instruments and the Group manages these risks in a consistent manner.

The following table provides an overview of the Group’s exchange rate, interest rate, commodity and credit derivatives. It includes all contracts, both trading and hedging.

Notional principal amount is the face value of the contract and represents the volume of outstanding transactions. Fair value is the net position of contracts with positive market values and negative market values.


As at 31 March 2014
As at 30 September 2013

As at 31 March 2014
As at 30 September 2013

Notional
Total fair value
Total fair value
Notional

Principal
amount
Assets
Liabilities
Principal
amount
Assets
Liabilities

$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
Foreign exchange contracts
Spot and forward contracts
542,709
7,001
(7,408)
463,606
7,593
(7,539)
Swap agreements
393,063
11,159
(14,100)
377,385
10,352
(12,692)
Futures contracts
1,401
105
(67)
546
22
(23)
Options purchased
92,030
2,017
-
65,991
1,376
-
Options sold
129,306
-
(1,812)
78,352
-
(1,449)

1,158,509
20,282
(23,387)
985,880
19,343
(21,703)
Commodity contracts
Derivative contracts
27,269
1,172
(1,127)
23,169
1,346
(1,232)
Interest rate contracts
Forward rate agreements
75,950
2
(4)
84,547
3
(5)
Swap agreements
2,249,000
20,303
(19,032)
2,076,377
23,359
(22,476)
Futures contracts
151,466
330
(333)
100,849
456
(498)
Options purchased
43,803
1,373
-
26,909
1,049
-
Options sold
48,735
-
(1,590)
35,282
-
(1,233)

2,568,954
22,008
(20,959)
2,323,964
24,867
(24,212)
Credit default swaps
Structured credit derivatives
purchased1
4,777
103
-
4,811
137
-
Other credit derivatives
purchased2
15,452
189
(227)
14,332
121
(143)
Total credit derivatives purchased
20,229
292
(227)
19,143
258
(143)
Structured credit derivatives sold1
4,777
-
(127)
4,811
-
(169)
Other credit derivatives sold2
14,081
75
(49)
13,045
64
(50)
Total credit derivatives sold
18,858
75
(176)
17,856
64
(219)

39,087
367
(403)
36,999
322
(362)
Total
3,793,819
43,829
(45,876)
3,370,012
45,878
(47,509)

1. Refer page 86.

2. The notional amounts comprise vanilla credit default swap transactions including credit indices such as Itraxx (Europe and Australia) and CDX. In the case of back-to-back deals, where a risk position from one counterparty is “closed out” with another counterparty, the notional amounts are not netted down in the above table. For example, ANZ may sell credit protection over a particular corporate bond (or reference asset) to a counterparty and simultaneously offset that credit exposure by buying credit protection over the same corporate bond (or reference asset) from another counterparty. Netting may only occur when there is an offsetting deal with the same counterparty. These credit default swap trades are transacted in conjunction with other financial instruments by reference to the traded market risk limit framework which includes VaR, name and rating specific concentration limits, sensitivity limits and stress testing limits. VaR disclosures are set out on page 58.

143

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Summary of principal risks and uncertainties

The principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group are unchanged from those disclosed in ANZ’s 2013 Annual Report. However, the operational, legal and regulatory landscape in which ANZ operates has continued to evolve since the prior financial period.

Set out below is a summary of the principal risks and uncertainties which could adversely impact the financial condition of the Group. These should not be regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. The summary should be read in conjunction with the “Principal Risks and Uncertainties” section of ANZ’s 2013 Annual Report listed on pages 191 to 199.

All of the Group’s activities involve, to varying degrees, the analysis, evaluation, acceptance and management of risks or combinations of risks. The material risks facing the Group and its approach to management of those risks are described below:

Credit Risk – is defined as the risk of financial loss resulting from the failure of ANZ’s customers and counterparties to honour or perform fully the terms of a loan or contract. ANZ has a comprehensive framework to manage credit risk and support sound growth for appropriate returns. The framework is top down, being defined by credit principles and policies. The effectiveness of the credit risk management framework is assessed through various compliance and monitoring processes. These, together with portfolio selection, define and guide the credit process, organisation and staff.

Market Risk – is defined as the risk to earnings arising from changes in market risk factors, which ANZ may have an exposure to in the Banking Book and/or Trading Book. The key market risk factors can be summarised as follows:

  • Interest rate risk: exposure to changes in the level and volatility of interest rates, slope of the yield curve and changes in credit spreads.

  • Currency rate risk: exposure to changes in foreign exchange spot and forward prices and the volatility of foreign exchange rates.

  • Commodity price risk: exposure to changes in commodity prices and the volatility of commodity prices.

  • Equity price risk: exposure to changes in equity prices and the volatility of equity prices.

The Market Risk function is a specialist risk management unit independent of the business that is responsible for measuring and monitoring market risk. Market Risk have implemented policies and procedures to ensure that ANZ’s market risk exposures are managed within the appetite and limit framework set by the Board.

Liquidity Risk – is defined as the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due, including repaying depositors or maturing wholesale debt, or that the Group has insufficient capacity to fund increases in assets. The timing mismatch of cash flows and the related liquidity risk is inherent in all banking operations and is closely monitored by the Group. The Group maintains a portfolio of liquid assets to manage potential stresses in funding sources. The minimum level of liquid assets held is based on a range of ANZ specific and general market liquidity stress scenarios such that potential cash flow obligations can be met over the short to medium term.

Operational Risk – is defined as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. This definition includes legal risk, and the risk of reputational loss but excludes strategic risk. The Group Operational Risk function is responsible for exercising governance over operational risk by ensuring business management usage of the operational risk measurement and management framework. They are also responsible for ensuring that key operational risks and their management are reported to executive risk committees. Key operational risk themes include business disruption, rogue trader and mis-selling. Business units are responsible for the day to day management of operational risks through the implementation of the Operational Risk Measurement and Management framework. This includes the identification, analysis, assessment, monitoring, treatment and escalation of operational risks.

Compliance Risk – is defined as the probability and impact of an event that results in a failure to act in accordance with laws, regulations, industry standards and codes, internal policies and procedures and principles of good governance as applicable to ANZ’s businesses. Group Compliance is accountable for designing a compliance program that allows ANZ to meet its regulatory obligations. It also provides assurance to the Board that material risks are identified, assessed and managed by the business.

Reputational Risk – is defined as the risk of loss caused by adverse perceptions of ANZ held by the public, shareholders, investors, regulators, or rating agencies that directly or indirectly impact earnings, capital adequacy or value. We have established decision-making frameworks and policies to ensure our business decisions are guided by sound social and environmental standards and take into account reputation risk.

Insurance Risk – is defined as the risk of loss due to unexpected changes in current and future insurance claim rates. In life insurance business, insurance risk arises primarily through mortality (death), morbidity (illness and injury) and longevity risks. For general insurance business, insurance risk arises mainly through weather-related incidents and similar calamities, as well as adverse variability in home, contents, motor, travel and other insurance claim amounts. Insurance risk is managed primarily by: product design to price all applicable risks into contracts; reinsurance to reduce liability for large individual risks; underwriting to price/reserve for the level of risk associated with an individual contract; claims management to admit and pay only genuine claims; insurance experience reviews to update assumptions and portfolio management to maintain a diversity of individual risks.

Reinsurance Risk – Reinsurance is an agreement in which one insurer (‘the reinsurer’) indemnifies another insurer for all or part of the risk of a policy originally issued and assumed by that other insurer. Reinsurance is a risk transfer tool between the insurer and reinsurer. The main risk that arises with reinsurance is counterparty credit risk. This is the risk that a reinsurer fails to meet their contractual obligations, i.e. to pay reinsurance claims when due. This risk is measured by assigning a counterparty credit rating or probability of default. Reinsurance counterparty credit risk is mitigated by restricting counterparty exposures on the basis of financial strength and concentration.

144

DEFINITIONS

AAS - Australian Accounting Standards.

AASB - Australian Accounting Standards Board.

Cash represents short-term highly liquid instruments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and are subject to insignificant risk of change in value. Cash includes coins, notes, money at call, balances held with central banks, securities purchased under agreements to resell ("reverse repos").

Cash profit is a measure of profit which is prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. Cash profit represents a measure of the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group, enabling shareholders to assess Group and Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes items from statutory net profit as noted below. These items are calculated consistently period on period so as not to discriminate between positive and negative adjustments.

Gains and losses are adjusted where they are significant, or have the potential to be significant in any one period, and fall into one of three categories:

  1. non-core gains or losses included in earnings arising from changes in tax, legal, accounting legislation or other non-core items not associated with the ongoing operations of the Group;

  2. treasury shares, revaluation of policy liabilities, economic hedging impacts and similar accounting items that represent timing differences that will reverse through earnings in the future; and

  3. accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results, such as policyholder tax gross up.

The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory profit which is subject to review within the context of the Group Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements review. Cash profit is not subject to review by the external auditor, however, the external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that the adjustments have been determined on a consistent basis across each period presented.

Collective provision is the provision for credit losses that are inherent in the portfolio but not able to be individually identified. A collective provision may only be recognised when a loss event has already occurred. Losses expected as a result of future events, no matter how likely, are not recognised.

Customer deposits represent term deposits, other deposits bearing interest, deposits not bearing interest and borrowing corporations debt excluding securitisation deposits.

Economic Profit is a risk adjusted profit measure. Economic Profit is determined by adjusting cash profit with economic credit costs, the benefit of imputation credits and the cost of capital. This measure is used to evaluate business unit performance and is included in determining the variable component of remuneration packages.

Expected loss is determined based on the expected average annual loss of principal over the economic cycle for the current risk profile of the lending portfolio.

IFRS – International Financial Reporting Standards.

Impaired commitments and contingencies comprises undrawn facilities and contingent facilities where the customer’s status is defined as impaired.

Impaired loans comprises drawn facilities where the customer’s status is defined as impaired.

Individual provision is the amount of expected credit losses on financial instruments assessed for impairment on an individual basis (as opposed to on a collective basis). It takes into account expected cash flows over the lives of those financial instruments.

Net interest average margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

Net loans and advances includes gross loans and advances and acceptances and capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees, less unearned income and provisions for credit impairment.

Net tangible assets equals share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Group less preference share capital and unamortised intangible assets (including goodwill and software).

Operating expenses excludes the provision for impairment of loans and advances charge.

Operating income includes net funds management and insurance income, share of associates profit and other operating income.

Repo discount is a discount applicable on the repurchase by a central bank of an eligible security pursuant to a repurchase agreement.

145

DEFINITIONS

Restructured items comprise facilities in which the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer. Restructuring may consist of reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those typically offered to new facilities with similar risk.

Revenue includes net interest income, net funds management and insurance income, share of associates profit and other operating income.

Segment review description

The Group operates on a divisional structure with Australia, International and Institutional Banking (IIB), New Zealand, and Global Wealth being the major operating divisions. The IIB and Global Wealth divisions are coordinated globally. Global Technology, Services & Operations and Group Centre provide support to the operating divisions, including risk management, financial management, strategy and marketing, human resources and corporate affairs.

Australia

The Australia division comprises the Retail and Corporate and Commercial Banking business units.

  • Retail

  • Retail is responsible for delivering a range of product solutions including home loans, credit cards, personal loans, merchant services, transaction banking, savings accounts and deposits to our consumer customers, using capabilities in product, analytics, customer research, segmentation, strategy and marketing. It also provides a range of solutions for businesses including physical payment instruments (cash and cheques) as well as online and electronic payments.

  • Home Loans provides housing finance to consumers in Australia for both owner occupied and investment purposes, as well as providing housing finance for overseas investors.

  • Cards and Payments provides consumer and commercial credit cards, personal loans and merchant services.

  • Deposits provides transaction banking, savings and investment products, such as term deposits and cash management accounts.

  • Retail delivers banking solutions to customers across multiple distribution channels including the Australian branch network, ANZ Direct, specialist sales channels and digital channels (including goMoney, Internet Banking, anz.com). The retail distribution network provides retail and wealth solutions to consumers, as well as providing small business solutions and meeting the various cash and cheque handling needs of corporate, commercial and institutional customers.

  • Corporate and Commercial Banking (C&CB)

  • Corporate Banking provides a full range of banking services including traditional relationship banking and sophisticated financial solutions, primarily to large private companies, smaller listed companies and multi-national corporation subsidiaries.

  • Regional Business Banking provides a full range of banking services to non-metropolitan commercial and Agri (including corporate) customers.

  • Business Banking provides a full range of banking services, to metropolitan based small to medium sized business clients with a turnover of A$5 million up to A$125 million.

  • Small Business Banking provides a full range of banking services to metropolitan and regional based small businesses in Australia with a turnover of up to A$5m and lending up to A$1 million.

  • Esanda provides motor vehicle and equipment finance.

International and Institutional Banking (IIB)

The International and Institutional Banking division comprises Global Institutional, Retail Asia Pacific and Asia Partnerships business units, along with Relationship & Infrastructure.

  • Global Institutional provides global financial services to government, corporate and institutional clients with a focus on solutions for clients with complex financial needs, based on a deep understanding of their businesses and industries, with particular expertise in natural resources, agriculture and infrastructure. Institutional delivers transaction banking, specialised and relationship lending and markets solutions in Australia, New Zealand, Asia, Pacific, Europe and America.

  • Transaction Banking provides working capital and liquidity solutions including regional cash management solutions, deposit products, international payments and clearing, documentary trade, supply chain finance and structured trade finance principally to institutional, corporate and commercial customers.

  • Global Markets provides risk management services to corporate and institutional clients globally in relation to foreign exchange, interest rates, credit, commodities, debt capital markets, wealth solutions and equity derivatives. Markets provides origination, underwriting, structuring and risk management services, advice and sale of credit and derivative products globally. Markets also manages the Group’s interest rate risk position and liquidity portfolio.

  • Global Loans provides term loans and specialist loan structuring and execution. It provides specialist credit analysis, structuring, execution and ongoing monitoring of strategically significant customer transactions including project and structured finance, debt structuring and acquisition finance, structured asset finance and export finance.

  • Retail which provides retail and small business banking services to customers in the Asia Pacific region and also includes investment and insurance products and services for Asia Pacific customers.

  • Asia Partnerships which is a portfolio of strategic partnerships in Asia. This includes investments in Indonesia with PT Bank Pan Indonesia, in the Philippines with Metrobank Cards Corporation, in China with Bank of Tianjin and Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank, in Malaysia with AMMB Holdings Berhad and in Vietnam with Saigon Securities Incorporation.

146

DEFINITIONS

Segment review description, cont’d

  • Relationship & Infrastructure includes client relationship management teams for global institutional and financial institution and corporate customers in Australia, New Zealand, Asia Pacific, Europe and America and central support functions. Relationship and infrastructure also includes businesses within IIB which are discontinued.

New Zealand

The New Zealand division comprises Retail and Commercial business units.

  • Retail

  • Retail provides mortgages, credit cards, unsecured lending, transaction banking services, and savings and deposit products to personal customers in New Zealand.

  • Commercial

  • Commercial & Agri (CommAgri) provides financial solutions through a relationship management model for medium-sized businesses, including agri-business, with a turnover of up to NZ$150 million. Asset Finance (including motor vehicle and equipment finance), operating leases and investment products are provided under the UDC brand.

  • Small Business Banking provides a full range of banking services to small enterprises, typically with turnover of less than NZ$5 million.

Global Wealth

The Global Wealth division comprises Funds Management, Insurance and Private Wealth which provides investment, superannuation, insurance products and services as well as Private Banking for customers across Australia, New Zealand and Asia.

  • Private Wealth specialises in assisting individuals and families to manage, grow and preserve their wealth. The businesses within Private Wealth include Private Bank and ANZ Trustees.

  • Funds Management includes the Pensions and Investment business, E*Trade and Investment Lending.

  • Insurance includes Life Insurance, General Insurance and ANZ Lender’s Mortgage Insurance.

  • Corporate and other includes income from invested capital, cash profits from advice and distribution business and unallocated corporate tax credits.

Global Technology, Services and Operations (GTSO) and Group Centre

GTSO and Group Centre provide support to the operating divisions, including technology, operations, risk management, financial management, strategy and marketing, human resources and corporate affairs. Additionally, Group Centre includes Group Treasury, Shareholder Functions and Discontinued Businesses.

Settlement balances owed to / from ANZ represents financial assets and/or liabilities which are in the course of being settled. These may include trade dated assets and liabilities, nostro / vostro accounts and settlement accounts.

147

ASX APPENDIX 4D – CROSS REFERENCE INDEX

Page Details of the reporting period (4D Item 1) ...................................................................................................................................................Table of Contents Results for Announcement to the Market (4D Item 2) .....................................................................................................................................After front cover Net Tangible Assets per security (4D Item 3)....................................................................................................................................................................... 10 Details of entities over which control has been gained or lost (4D Item 4) ......................................................................................................................... 123 Dividends and dividend dates (4D Item 5).......................................................................................................................................................After front cover Dividend Reinvestment Plan (4D Item 6) ........................................................................................................................................................After front cover Details of associates and joint venture entities (4D Item 7)................................................................................................................................................ 123

148

ASX APPENDIX 4D - ALPHABETICAL INDEX

PAGE

Appendix 4D Statement ..................................................................................................................................................................................After front cover Appendix 4D Cross Reference Index................................................................................................................................................................................. 148 Basis of preparation ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 100 CEO Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13 CFO Overview...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 15 Changes in comparatives................................................................................................................................................................................................... 124 Changes in composition of the Group................................................................................................................................................................................ 123 Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet............................................................................................................................................................................. 97 Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.................................................................................................................................................................. 98 Condensed Consolidated Income Statement....................................................................................................................................................................... 95 Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income......................................................................................................................................... 96 Condensed Statement of Changes in Equity........................................................................................................................................................................ 99 Contingent liabilities and contingent assets........................................................................................................................................................................ 124 Credit quality ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 108 Definitions .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 145 Deposits and other borrowings........................................................................................................................................................................................... 113 Dividends ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 104 Earnings per share............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 105 Fair value measurement..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 116 Geographic review ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 75 Income ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 101 Income tax expense........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 103 Investments in associates .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 123 Loan capital........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 114 Media Release ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Net loans and advances..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 106 Note to the Cash Flow Statement ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 122 Operating expenses........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 102 Profit reconciliation............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 83 Provision for credit impairment........................................................................................................................................................................................... 107 Related party disclosure..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 124 Segment analysis............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 121 Segment review ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 41 Shareholders’ equity .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 115 Share capital ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 115 Significant events since balance date ................................................................................................................................................................................ 127 Snapshot................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 7 Supplementary Information – Average balance sheet and related interest ........................................................................................................................ 138 Supplementary Information – Capital management ........................................................................................................................................................... 133 Supplementary Information – Derivative financial instruments........................................................................................................................................... 143 Supplementary Information – Exchange rates ................................................................................................................................................................... 142 Supplementary Information – Four year summary by half year.......................................................................................................................................... 132 Supplementary Information – Full Time Equivalent staff .................................................................................................................................................... 142 Supplementary Information – Summary of principal risks and uncertainties ...................................................................................................................... 144

149